N1-2015-a A01 Celkovy obsah · MCR ... SVC ... Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg]

Modular devices

www.oez.com

MiniaModular devices

INDEX ...................................................................................................................................................A

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS....................................................................................................................B

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS.....................................................................................................C

OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS.........................................................................................................................D

SWITCHING DEVICES.........................................................................................................................................E

OTHER DEVICES ..................................................................................................................................................F

GLOSSARY ...........................................................................................................................................................G

CONTENTS

Minia

A3

Modular devices

INDEX

5

5SV8............................................E50, C27

A

AS...............................................B43AVN-DC........................................F2

C

CS-FH000.................................... B43CS-L.............................................F19CS-N............................................F19CS-PE...........................................F19

E

EKC..............................................B42EKD-5..........................................B42ES-35-GS.....................................B42

L

LFE.............................................. C3LFN..............................................C6LST-DC.........................................B30LTS.............................................. B9LTP.............................................. B4LTN-UC.........................................B23LVN..............................................B16

M

MAA............................................ E36MAE............................................E35MAN............................................E35MCR............................................E31MIG............................................. E19MIR.............................................E27MKA............................................F12MMR-HL......................................E55MMR-T1.......................................E57MMR-T2.......................................E59MMR-TD...................................... E59MMR-U3......................................E44MMR-X3......................................E44MQA............................................ E41MQB............................................E41MQC............................................E41MSK.............................................F5MSO.............................................F2MSP.............................................F5MST.............................................F6MT2.............................................F6MTX.............................................F6

O

OD-LT-VP01.................................B35OD-LT-VU01.................................B35OD-LT-VU02.................................B35OD-MA-DK...................................E36OD-MA-USB.................................E36OD-MIG-CO1................................E20OD-MIG-CO2................................E20OD-MIR-BK..................................E20, E27OD-MIR-CO..................................E27OD-MMR-T3N..............................E59OD-MMR-T3S...............................E59OFI..............................................C10OLE..............................................C17OLI.............................................. C20

P

PS-LT............................................B33PS-LT-1100-K.............................. C25PS-MIG........................................E20PS-OF...........................................C16PS-OF-125...................................C16PS-RSI..........................................E7

R

RLP.............................................. E48RPI.............................................. E17RSI...............................................E4

S

S1L..............................................B41S2L..............................................B41S3L..............................................B41S4L..............................................B41SC................................................F7SD................................................F7SE................................................F7SG...............................................F7SJB..............................................D3, D4SJBC............................................D8SP-LT............................................B34SS-LT............................................B33SVBC...........................................D9SVBC-DC......................................D21SVC..............................................D14SVC-DC........................................D22SVD.............................................D18SV-LT............................................B34SVM............................................D15

T

TB................................................F7TC................................................F7TE................................................F7TG................................................F7

U

UMZ............................................F14UNZ.............................................F15UNZR...........................................F15UTZ..............................................F15

Z

ZSE..............................................F18ZSF...............................................F18

Minia

A4

Modular devices

NOTES

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Minia

Minia

B

��Summary of models and description ................................................................................B2

��Miniature circuit breakers LTP...............................................................................................B4

��Miniature circuit breakers LTS ...............................................................................................B9

��Miniature circuit breakers LVN ........................................................................................... B16

��Miniature circuit breakers LTN-UC .................................................................................... B23

��Miniature circuit breakers LST-DC .................................................................................... B30

��Accessories...................................................................................................................................... B33

��Interconnecting busbars ..........................................................................................................B41

Minia

B2

Miniature circuit breakers

SUMMARY OF MODELS AND DESCRIPTION

Type LTP LTS LVN LTN-UC LST-DC

Breaking capacity Icn (EN 60898-1)1) 6 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA

Rated current In 2 ÷ 63 A 0.5 ÷ 63 A 80 ÷ 125 A 1 ÷ 63 A 80 ÷ 125 A

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V DC 440 V

DC 220 V (1-pole)

DC 440 V (2-pole)

Number of poles 1, 2, 3 1, 1N, 2, 3, 3N 1, 3, 4 1, 2 2

Charakteristiky B, C B, C, D B, C, D C C

1) The standard EN 60898-2 is valid for LTN-UC

Accessories

Auxiliary switches PS-LT PS-LS-1100

Signal switches SS-LT -

Shunt trips - SV-LT SV-LS

Undervoltage releases - SP-LT -

Interconnecting busbars S1L, S2L, S3L, S4L S1L-27, S3L-27, S4L-27 S1L, S2L, S3L, S4L -

Locking inserts OD-LT-VU02OD-LT-VU01

OD-LT-VU02-

Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 -

Minia

B3

LTP, LTS Miniature circuit breakers

SUMMARY OF MODELS AND DESCRIPTION

Description

Connection

��Simple terminal with secure screw. Enables connection

of conductor and interconnecting busbars from both

sides of the device.

��Safety: the terminals are equipped with sliding plastic

caps, which increase protection against dangerous

contact.

��Interconnection of circuit breakers by interconnecting

busbar both at the top and at the bottom.

��Interconnection of circuit breakers with residual

current circuit breakers by interconnecting busbar

both at the top and at the bottom.

Sealing

��The circuit breaker can be sealed in on or

off position.

��Easy connection and check of conductors

at simultaneous connection of interconnecting

busbar and conductors.

��Connection possibility:

– of two conductors of the same cross-section to one terminal

– of one conductor of cross section up to 35 mm2p

Mounting/dismantling on/from „U” rails

The latches enable:

��enable very quick mounting and dismantling by hand,

without any tool needed.

��Withdrawal/replacement of the circuit breaker from the row

of devices interconnected by interconnecting busbar at the

bottom, without interruption of adjacent circuits or removal

of the busbar.

��Series of miniature circuit breakers up to 63 A, AC 230/400 V a DC 60 V / pole.

��For protection of cables and conductors against over-load and short-circuit.

��For protection of cables and conductors against over-load and short-circuit.

��Breaking capacity 6 kA.

Accessories

Auxiliary and signal switches PS-LT, SS-LT page B33

Locking insert OD-LT-VU02 page B35

Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 page B35

Interconnecting busbars S1L, S2L, S3L page B41

Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B43

Minia

B4

LTP Miniature circuit breakers

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTP

Miniature circuit breakers 1-pole

In Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package

[A] Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]

2 LTP-2B-1 OEZ:42190 LTP-2C-1 OEZ:42202 1 0.178 12

4 LTP-4B-1 OEZ:42191 LTP-4C-1 OEZ:42203 1 0.152 12

6 LTP-6B-1 OEZ:42192 LTP-6C-1 OEZ:42204 1 0.128 12

10 LTP-10B-1 OEZ:42193 LTP-10C-1 OEZ:42205 1 0.144 12

13 LTP-13B-1 OEZ:42194 LTP-13C-1 OEZ:42206 1 0.149 12

16 LTP-16B-1 OEZ:42195 LTP-16C-1 OEZ:42207 1 0.132 12

20 LTP-20B-1 OEZ:42196 LTP-20C-1 OEZ:42208 1 0.134 12

25 LTP-25B-1 OEZ:42197 LTP-25C-1 OEZ:42209 1 0.137 12

32 LTP-32B-1 OEZ:42198 LTP-32C-1 OEZ:42210 1 0.178 12

40 LTP-40B-1 OEZ:42199 LTP-40C-1 OEZ:42211 1 0.160 12

50 LTP-50B-1 OEZ:42200 LTP-50C-1 OEZ:42212 1 0.187 12

63 LTP-63B-1 OEZ:42201 LTP-63C-1 OEZ:42213 1 0.181 12




2 - - LTP-2C-2 OEZ:42226 2 0.306 6

4 - - LTP-4C-2 OEZ:42227 2 0.301 6

6 LTP-6B-2 OEZ:42216 LTP-6C-2 OEZ:42228 2 0.248 6

10 LTP-10B-2 OEZ:42217 LTP-10C-2 OEZ:42229 2 0.347 6

13 LTP-13B-2 OEZ:42218 LTP-13C-2 OEZ:42230 2 0.282 6

16 LTP-16B-2 OEZ:42219 LTP-16C-2 OEZ:42231 2 0.273 6

20 LTP-20B-2 OEZ:42220 LTP-20C-2 OEZ:42232 2 0.261 6

25 LTP-25B-2 OEZ:42221 LTP-25C-2 OEZ:42233 2 0.259 6

32 LTP-32B-2 OEZ:42222 LTP-32C-2 OEZ:42234 2 0.320 6

40 LTP-40B-2 OEZ:42223 LTP-40C-2 OEZ:42235 2 0.340 6

50 LTP-50B-2 OEZ:42224 LTP-50C-2 OEZ:42236 2 0.338 6

63 LTP-63B-2 OEZ:42225 LTP-63C-2 OEZ:42237 2 0.343 6




2 - - LTP-2C-3 OEZ:42250 3 0.491 4

4 - - LTP-4C-3 OEZ:42251 3 0.460 4

6 LTP-6B-3 OEZ:42240 LTP-6C-3 OEZ:42252 3 0.378 4

10 LTP-10B-3 OEZ:42241 LTP-10C-3 OEZ:42253 3 0.374 4

13 LTP-13B-3 OEZ:42242 LTP-13C-3 OEZ:42254 3 0.394 4

16 LTP-16B-3 OEZ:42243 LTP-16C-3 OEZ:42255 3 0.376 4

20 LTP-20B-3 OEZ:42244 LTP-20C-3 OEZ:42256 3 0.389 4

25 LTP-25B-3 OEZ:42245 LTP-25C-3 OEZ:42257 3 0.400 4

32 LTP-32B-3 OEZ:42246 LTP-32C-3 OEZ:42258 3 0.465 4

40 LTP-40B-3 OEZ:42247 LTP-40C-3 OEZ:42259 3 0.496 4

50 LTP-50B-3 OEZ:42248 LTP-50C-3 OEZ:42260 3 0.473 4

63 LTP-63B-3 OEZ:42249 LTP-63C-3 OEZ:42261 3 0.499 4

Type LTP

Standards EN 60898-1

Approval marks

Number of poles 1, 2, 3

Tripping characteristics B, C

Rated current In 2 ÷ 63 A

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V

Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250/440 V, DC 60 V / protected pole

Min. operating voltage (1 pole) Umin AC/DC 24 V

Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 250/440 V

Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-1) Icn AC 6 kA

Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Icu AC 6 kA

Mechanical endurance 10 000 cycles

Electrical endurance 10 000 cycles

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35

Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20

Connection

Conductor see table Connection range

Screw head type PZ2

Torque max. 3.5 Nm

Top or bottom connection top/bottom

Operating conditions

Ambient temperature °C -25 ÷ +45 °C, max. 95 % air humidity

Working position arbitrary

Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 6 cycles

Minia

B5



Specifi cations

Connection range

Number of connected conductors Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeve Conductor flexible without a sleeve 1)

1x conductor 1x (0.75 ÷ 35) mm2 1x (0.75 ÷ 25) mm2 1x (1 ÷ 35) mm2


1x conductor + interconnecting busbar1x (10 ÷ 25) mm2 + interconnecting busbar 1x (6 ÷ 16) mm2 2) + interconnecting busbar -

pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm -1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2

If more conductors are used they must be of the same type and cross-section

Correction of rated In

Correction of circuit breaker rated current In is determined by relation In1 = KT x KN x In where:

In1 … is corrected rated current of the circuit breaker

In … is rated current of the circuit breaker (i.e. the one placed separately at reference temperature 30 °C)

KT … is correction factor taking ambient temperature into account

KN … is correction factor taking into account placement of more loaded circuit breakers side-by-side

Minia

B6



Internal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance of fault loop ZS

Characteristic B Characteristic C Max. impedance of fault loop Zs [Ω]2)

In Z1) P1) Z1) P1) Characteristic B Characteristic C

[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s

2 446 1.8 295 1.2 23.0 23.0 11.5 23.0

4 97 1.6 81.0 1.3 11.5 11.5 5.8 11.6

6 23.3 0.8 17.1 0.6 7.6 7.6 3.8 7.6

10 14.9 1.5 12.1 1.2 4.6 4.6 2.3 4.6

13 11.0 1.9 10.6 1.8 3.57 3.57 1.7 3.4

16 7.6 1.9 6.6 1.7 2.9 2.9 1.4 2.8

20 5.2 2.1 5.1 2.0 2.3 2.3 1.1 2.2

25 4.0 2.5 3.7 2.3 1.8 1.8 0.9 1.8

32 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.5 1.4 1.4 0.7 1.4

40 2.1 3.4 2.1 3.3 1.1 1.1 0.6 1.2

50 1.5 3.8 1.4 3.5 0.9 0.9 0.5 1.0

63 1.4 5.4 1.1 4.4 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.81) Average values per protected pole2) For TN network, U

0 = AC 230 V, according to EN 60364-4-41; if the measured value exceeds the table value, we recommend to use residual current circuit breaker

1) Correction factor KT

For concrete circuit breaker type (In

, characteristic, number of poles), determine correction

curve number (1, 2 or 3) in the table, and using the correction curve number and given

ambient temperature on the graph, determine correction factor KT.

2) Correction factor KN

Determine correction factor KN according to the number of circuit breakers placed side-by-side.

Example

Task: how rated current In = 32 A will change for circuit breaker

LTP- 32B- 3 at ambient temperature 10 °C and for 4 circuit breakers

placed side-by-side?

Determination of KT: for characteristic B, number of poles 3, and In 32 A, it is possible

to take correction curve No. 1 from the table. For intersection

of the correction curve No. 1 and ambient temperature 10 °C it is

possible to determine correction factor KT = 1.07 on the vertical scale

of the graph.

Determination of KN: for 4 circuit breakers LTP-32B-1 placed side-by-side it is possible

to determine from the table correction factor KN = 0.88

Correction In: new rated current In1 = K

T x K

N x I

n = 1.07 x 0.88 x 32 A = 30.13 A

Rated current of the circuit breaker In [A]

CharacteristicNumber 2 4 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

of poles Correction curve number

B1, 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 - - 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 3

C1, 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3

Correction factor KN for circuit breakers placed side-by-side

Number of LTP circuit breakers

side-by-side 1 2 ÷ 3 4 ÷ 6 > 7

Correction factor KN 1.00 0.90 0.88 0.85

Curve No. 3

Ambient temperature [°C]

Corre

ction

facto

r KT

-20 -10 0 10 403020 500.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

Curve No. 2Curve No. 1

Correction factor KT depending on ambient temperature

Minia

B7



The time selectivity of particular combination up to the value of short-circuit

current Ik´́ shown in the table is ensured in case of short-circuit behind the LTP

circuit breaker with back-up fuse-link.

Which means that at short-circuit of particular combination under the Ik´́ value

only the circuit breaker actuates. In case the short-circuit current value is bigger

than Ik´́ value then also the back-up fuse-link actuates.

Example:

Miniature circuit breaker LTP-10B-.. actuates earlier than back-up fuse-link

with rated current 50 A up to short-circuit current 1.6 kA.

Selectivity of LPE miniature circuit breakers of characteristics B and C with backup fuses [kA]

In Fuse of type gG

[A] 16 A 20 A 25 A 35 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A

2 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.4 2.5 3.3 4.6 6.0 6.0

4 0.3 0.4 0.6 1.3 2.2 2.9 4.1 6.0 6.0

6 - 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.7 2.2 3.2 6.0 6.0

10 - - 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.0 2.9 5.0 6.0

13 - - - 1.0 1.6 2.0 2.9 5.0 6.0

16 - - - 0.8 1.3 1.8 2.6 4.0 5.6

20 - - - - 1.3 1.8 2.6 4.0 5.6

25 - - - - - 1.8 2.6 4.0 5.6

32 - - - - - - 2.3 3.4 4.5

40 - - - - - - - 3.4 4.5

50 - - - - - - - - 4.4

63 - - - - - - - - -

Selectivity and short-circuit current with backup fuse

In Backup fuse of gG type

[A] 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A

2 30 30 10 10

4 30 30 10 10

6 30 30 10 10

10 30 30 10 10

13 30 30 15 15

16 30 30 15 15

20 30 30 20 15

25 30 30 25 20

32 30 30 25 25

In Backup fuse of gG type

[A] 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A

2 30 30 25 10

4 30 30 25 10

6 30 30 20 20

10 30 30 25 20

13 30 30 25 20

16 30 30 25 20

20 30 30 25 20

25 30 30 25 20

32 30 30 25 25

Ik"

Max. short-circuit current with backup fuse kA

In case that short-circuit current passing through the circuit breaker is not known in the place

of installation or is higher than breaking capacity of the circuit breaker, backup fuse must be

used to eliminate circuit breaker overload.

Characteristic B Characteristic C

Dimensions

Diagram

11 3 1 3 5

22 4

LTP-..-1 LTP-..-2 LTP-..-3

2 2 4 6

LTP-..-2 LTP-..-3LTP-..-1

17.6 35.2 52.8

73.2

6.2 43.9

64

68.3

89.8

45.1

Minia

B8



Characteristics

��Characteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not cause

current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) In.

��Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes current

surges. The short-circuit release is set to (5 ÷ 10) In.

Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 60898-1

Thermal releaseTripping characteristic type

B, C

Conventional non-tripping current Int

for t ≥ 1 hr Int

= 1.13 In

Conventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr I

t = 1.45 I

n

Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s and I

n ≤ 32 A

I3

= 2.55 In 1 s < t < 120 s and I

n > 32 A

t - break time of the circuit breaker

Electromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic type

B C

Current I4 for 0,1 s < t < 45 s (for I

n ≤ 32 A)

I4

= 3 In 0,1 s < t < 90 s (for I

n > 32 A)

0,1 s < t < 15 s (for In

≤ 32 A)I

4 = 5 I

n0,1 s < t < 30 s (for In

> 32 A)

Current I5 for t < 0,1 s I

5 = 5 I

nI

5 = 10 I

n

t -break time of the circuit breaker

Characteristics I2t

100806040201076421 3 5 98

0.01

0.05

0.1

0.5

1

5

10

50

100

500

1 000

5 000

10 000

1.5

1.13

I n1.

45I n

B

x ln

t[s

]v

At ambient temperature 30 °C

1

2

5

30

120

10

60

min

C

I2 t [A2 s]

Ip [A]

LTP charakteristika B

4 A

6 A

10/13/16 A

50/63 A

25/32/40 A

20 A

2 A

100

400

600

800

1 000

200

4 000

6 000

8 000

10 000

2 000

40 000

60 000

80 000

100 000

20 000

1 0

00

800

600

400

200

2 00

0

4 00

0

6 00

0

100

LTP charakteristika C

4 A6 A

25/32/40/50/63 A

16/20 A

8/10/13 A

2 A

I2 t [A2 s]

100

400

600

800

1 000

200

4 000

6 000

8 000

10 000

2 000

40 000

60 000

80 000

100 000

20 000

Ip [A]

1 0

00

800

600

400

200

2 00

0

4 00

0

6 00

0

100

LTP - Characteristic B LTP - Characteristic C

��Series of miniature circuit breakers up to 63 A,

AC 230/400 V a DC 60 V / pole.

��For protection of cables and conductors against over-

load and short-circuit.

��Tripping characteristics B, C, D according to EN 60898-1.



In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package

[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]

0,5 - - LTS-0,5C-1 OEZ:41967 LTS-0,5D-1 OEZ:41984 1 0.178 12

1 LTS-1B-1 OEZ:41952 LTS-1C-1 OEZ:41968 LTS-1D-1 OEZ:41985 1 0.195 12

1,6 - - LTS-1,6C-1 OEZ:41969 LTS-1,6D-1 OEZ:41986 1 0.178 12














Miniature circuit breakers 1+N-pole



2 LTS-2B-1N OEZ:43292 LTS-2C-1N OEZ:42011 LTS-2D-1N OEZ:43294 2 0.347 6













Minia

B9

LTS Miniature circuit breakers

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTS




0,5 - - LTS-0,5C-2 OEZ:42050 LTS-0,5D-2 OEZ:42067 2 0.347 6


1,6 - - LTS-1,6C-2 OEZ:42052 LTS-1,6D-2 OEZ:42069 2 0.347 6

















0,5 - - LTS-0,5C-3 OEZ:42096 LTS-0,5D-3 OEZ:42113 3 0.485 4


1,6 - - LTS-1,6C-3 OEZ:42098 LTS-1,6D-3 OEZ:42115 3 0.485 4














Miniature circuit breakers 3+N-pole
















Minia

B10



Accessories


Shunt trips SV-LT page B34

Undervoltage releases SP-LT page B34

Locking insert OD-LT-VU02 page B35


Interconnecting busbars S1L, S2L, S3L, S4L page B41


Minia

B11



Type LTS


Approval marks

Number of poles 1, 1+N, 2, 3, 3+N

Tripping characteristics B, C, D

Rated current In 0,5 ÷ 63 A


Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250/440 V, DC 60 V / 1 protected pole






Electrical endurance 10 000 cycles

Mechanical endurance 10 000 cycles

Energy limitation class 3



Connection


Screw head type PZ2

Torque max. 3.5 Nm




Storage temperature °C -40 ÷ +75 °C


Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 6 operating cycles

Specifi cations

Connection range




1x conductor + interconnecting busbar1x (10 ÷ 25) mm2 + interconnecting busbar 1x (6 ÷ 16) mm2 2) + interconnecting busbar -

pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm -1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2


Minia

B12



Correction of rated current In







For concrete circuit breaker type (In, characteristic, number of poles), determine correction

curve number (1, 2 or 3) in the table, and using the correction curve number and given ambient

temperature on the graph, determine correction factor KT.


Determine correction factor KN according to the number of circuit breakers

placed side-by-side.

Example

Task: how rated current In = 32 A will change for circuit breaker

LTS-32C-3 at ambient temperature 10 °C and for 4 circuit

breakers placed side-by-side?

Determination of KT: for characteristic C, number of poles 3, and In 32 A, it is

possible to take correction curve No. 1 from the table. For

intersection of the correction curve No. 1 and ambient

temperature 10 °C it is possible to determine correction

factor KT = 1.07 on the vertical scale of the graph.

Determination of KN: for 4 circuit breakers LTS-32C-1 placed side-by-side it is

possible to determine from the table correction factor

KN = 0.88

Correction In: new rated current

In1 = KT x KN x In = 1.07 x 0.88 x 32 A = 30.13 A

Correction factor KN

for circuit breakers placed side-by-side

Number of circuit breakers

side-by-side 1 2 ÷ 3 4 ÷ 6 > 7


Curve No. 3


Corre

ction

facto

r KT

-20 -10 0 10 403020 50

0.8

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.4

1.3



Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Max. impedance of fault loop Zs [Ω] 2)

In Z 1) P 1) Z 1) P 1) Z 1) P 1) Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D

[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s

0.5 - - 3551 0.9 3551 0.9 - - 46.0 92.0 23.0 92.0

1 1954 2.0 1172 1.2 1089 1.1 46.0 46.0 23.0 46.0 15.3 46.0

1 - - 510 1.3 466 1.2 - - 14.4 28.8 9.6 28.8

2 461 1.8 297 1.2 273 1.1 23.0 23.0 11.5 23.0 7.6 23.0

4 98.0 1.6 76.0 1.2 68.0 1.1 11.5 11.5 5.8 11.6 3.8 11.6

6 52.0 1.9 43.0 1.6 39.0 1.4 7.6 7.6 3.8 7.6 2.5 7.6

8 22.0 1.4 11.9 0.8 11.8 0.8 5.8 5.8 2.8 5.7 1.9 5.7

10 19.3 1.9 9.1 0.9 8.6 0.9 4.6 4.6 2.3 4.6 1.1 4.6

13 12.3 2.1 9.1 1.5 8.2 1.4 3.6 3.6 1.7 3.4 0.9 3.4

16 7.1 1.8 6.0 1.5 4.8 1.2 2.9 2.9 1.4 2.8 0.7 2.8

20 6.1 2.5 5.0 2.0 4.1 1.6 2.3 2.3 1.1 2.2 0.5 2.2

25 4.8 3.0 3.7 2.3 3.7 2.3 1.8 1.8 0.9 1.8 0.4 1.8

32 2.6 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.7 1.4 1.4 0.7 1.4 0.3 1.4

40 2.2 3.4 2.1 3.3 2.1 3.3 1.1 1.1 0.6 1.2 0.3 1.2

50 1.6 4.0 1.4 3.6 1.4 3.6 0.9 0.9 0.5 1.0 0.2 1.0

63 1.3 5.0 1.3 5.0 1.3 5.0 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.8 0.2 0.81) Average values per protected pole2) For TN network, U

o = AC 230 V, according to EN 60364-4-41; if the measured value exceeds the table value, we recommend to use residual current circuit breaker


CharacteristicNumber 0.5 1 1.6 2 4 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

pole Correction curve number

B

1 - 3 - 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1+N, 2 - 3 - 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1

3, 3+N - 3 - 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

C

1 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

1+N, 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2

3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2

3+N 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

D

1 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1+N, 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2

3, 3+N 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2


Minia

B13



The time selectivity of particular combination up to the value of short-

circuit current Ik´́ shown in the table is ensured in case of short-circuit

behind the LTS circuit breaker with back-up fuse-link.

Which means that at short-circuit of particular combination under the Ik´́

value only the circuit breaker actuates. In case the short-circuit current

value is bigger than Ik´́ value then also the back-up fuse-link actuates.

Example:

Miniature circuit breaker LTS-10B-.. actuates earlier than back-up fuse-link

with rated current 50 A up to short-circuit current 2.2 kA.

Selectivity and short-circuit current with backup fuse

Characteristic BIn Backup fuse of gG type

[A] 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A

1 50 50 70 25 25 252 50 50 70 25 25 254 50 50 70 25 25 256 50 50 70 25 25 258 50 50 70 20 20 20

10 50 50 70 20 20 2013 50 50 70 15 15 1516 50 50 70 15 15 1520 50 50 70 25 25 2525 50 50 70 25 25 2532 50 50 70 25 25 2540 - 50 70 10 10 1050 - - 70 10 10 1063 - - - 10 10 10

Characteristic CIn Backup fuse of gG type

[A] 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A

0.5 50 50 70 25 25 251 50 50 70 25 25 25

1.6 50 50 70 25 25 252 50 50 70 25 25 254 50 50 70 25 25 256 50 50 25 25 25 258 50 50 25 20 20 20

10 50 50 10 10 10 1013 50 50 15 15 15 1516 50 50 70 25 25 2520 50 50 70 25 25 2525 50 50 70 25 25 2532 50 50 70 25 25 2540 - 50 70 10 10 1050 - - 70 10 10 1063 - - - 10 10 10

Characteristic DIn Backup fuse of gG type

[A] 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A

0.5 50 50 70 25 25 251 50 50 70 25 25 25

1.6 50 50 70 25 25 252 50 50 70 25 25 254 50 50 70 25 25 256 50 50 25 25 25 258 50 50 25 20 20 20

10 50 50 10 10 10 1013 50 50 15 15 15 1516 50 50 70 25 25 2520 50 50 70 25 25 2525 50 50 70 25 25 2532 50 50 70 25 25 2540 - 50 70 10 10 1050 - - 70 10 10 1063 - - - 10 10 10

Ik"

Selectivity of LTS miniature circuit breakers of characteristic B with backup fuses [kA]

In Fuse of type gG

[A] 16 A 20 A 25 A 35 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A

1 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.02 0.6 1 3.3 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.04 0.4 0.5 0.9 2.1 2.7 3.8 10.0 10.0 10.06 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.9 2.3 3.1 6.7 10.0 10.08 - 0.5 0.8 1.7 2.0 2.6 5.0 6.2 10.0

10 - 0.5 0.7 1.5 1.7 2.2 4.0 4.9 10.013 - 0.4 0.7 1.4 1.6 2.1 3.5 4.2 8.416 - 0.4 0.6 1.2 1.5 1.9 3.1 3.8 7.220 - - 0.6 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.9 3.5 6.625 - - - 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.7 3.2 5.732 - - - - 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 4.940 - - - - - 1.4 2.3 2.8 4.950 - - - - - - 1.9 2.3 3.963 - - - - - - - 2.3 3.6

Selectivity of LTS miniature circuit breakers of characteristic D with backup fuses [kA]

In Fuse of type gG

[A] 16 A 20 A 25 A 35 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A

0.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.01 0.6 0.9 2.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0

1.6 0.5 0.6 1.1 3.5 4.9 9.1 10.0 10.0 10.02 0.4 0.6 0.9 2.5 3.2 4.4 10.0 10.0 10.04 0.5 0.7 1.6 2.0 2.6 5.0 6.4 10.06 0.4 0.7 1.3 1.6 2.1 3.7 4.6 10.08 0.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.6 3.2 6.0

10 0.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.6 3.2 6.013 0.5 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 5.016 0.5 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 5.020 0.5 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.2 2.7 4.725 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.2 2.7 4.732 0.9 1.2 1.9 2.4 4.140 1.2 1.9 2.4 4.150 1.6 2.0 3.163 2.0 3.1

Selectivity of LTS miniature circuit breakers of characteristic C with backup fuses [kA]

In Fuse of type gG

[A] 16 A 20 A 25 A 35 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A

0.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.01 0.8 1.6 8.3 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0

1.6 0.5 0.8 1.6 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.02 0.4 0.6 1.0 2.9 3.9 5.9 10.0 10.0 10.04 - 0.5 0.8 1.9 2.3 3.1 6.1 7.9 10.06 - 0.5 0.7 1.4 1.7 2.3 4.2 5.3 10.08 - - 0.6 1.1 1.3 1.7 3.0 3.7 8.0

10 - - 0.6 1.1 1.3 1.7 3.0 3.7 8.013 - - 0.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.5 3.1 5.816 - - 0.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.5 3.1 5.820 - - 0.5 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 5.125 - - - 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 5.132 - - - - 1.0 1.3 2.1 2.5 4.440 - - - - - 1.3 2.1 2.5 4.450 - - - - - - 1.8 2.2 3.563 - - - - - - - 2.2 3.5

Max. short-circuit current with backup fuse [kA]

In case that short-circuit current passing through the circuit breaker is not known in the place

of installation or is higher than breaking capacity of the circuit breaker, backup fuse must be

used to eliminate circuit breaker overload.

Minia

B14



Dimensions

Diagram

LTS-..-2LTS-..-1N

LTS-..-3LTS-..-1

17.6 35.2 52.8

73. 2

6.2 43.9

64

68.3

89.8

45.1

70.4

LTS-..-3N73.2

6.2 43.9

64

68.3

89.8

45.1

LTS-..-1

1

2

LTS-..-2

1

2

3

4

LTS-..-3

1

2

3

4

5

6N2

N11

2

LTS-..-1N

1

2

3

4

5

6 N2

N1

LTS-..-3N

Minia

B15



Characteristics


current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) In .


surges. The short-circuit release is set to (5 ÷ 10) In

.

��Characteristic D: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes high

current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (10 ÷ 20) In

.

1008060402010

x In

76421 3 5 98

0.01

1.1

3 I n

1.4

5 I n

t v[s

]

1

2

5

30

120

10

60

min

C


0.05

0.1

0.5

1

5

10

50

100

500

1 000

5 000

10 000

DB

1.5


Thermal release Tripping characteristic type

B, C, D

Conventional non-tripping current Int for t ≥ 1 hr Int = 1.13 In

Conventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr It = 1.45 In

Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s (for In ≤ 32 A)

I3 = 2.55 In1 s < t < 120 s (for In > 32 A)


Electromagnetic release Tripping characteristic type

B C D

Current I4 for

0.1 s < t < 45 s (for In ≤ 32 A)I4 = 3 In0.1 s < t < 90 s (for In > 32 A)

0.1 s < t < 15 s (for In ≤ 32 A)I4 = 5 In0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A)

0.1 s < t < 4 s 1) (for In ≤ 32 A)I4 = 10 In0.1 s < t < 8 s (for In > 32 A)

Current I5 for t < 0.1 s I5 = 5 In I5 = 10 In I5 = 20 In

t - break time of the circuit breaker1) for In ≤ 10 A it is permissible that t < 8 s

Characteristics I2t

4 A6 A

10 A

63 A

32/40 A

2 A

25 A

1 A

8 A

13 A16 A

50 A

20 A

20

40

6080

10

Ip [kA]

LTS Characteristic B

I2 t [kA

2 s]

100

400

600800

1 000

200

4 000

6 0008 000

10 000

2 000

40 000

60 00080 000

100 000

20 000

200 000

1 00080

060

0

400

200

2 000

4 000

6 00010

0

10 00

0

4 A6 A

0,5 A

8/10 A

50/63 A

32/40 A

13/16 A

1 A

1,6 A

2 A

20/25 A

20

40

6080

10

Ip [kA]

LTS Characteristic C

I2 t [kA

2 s]

100

400

600800

1 000

200

4 000

6 0008 000

10 000

2 000

40 000

60 00080 000

100 000

20 000

200 000

1 00080

060

0

400

200

2 000

4 000

6 00010

0

10 00

0

4 A6 A

0,5 A

8/10 A

50/63 A

32/40 A

13/16 A

1 A

1,6 A

2 A

20/25 A

20

40

6080

10

Ip [kA]

LTS Characteristic D

I2 t [kA

2 s]

100

400

600800

1 000

200

4 000

6 0008 000

10 000

2 000

40 000

60 00080 000

100 000

20 000

200 000

1 00080

060

0

400

200

2 000

4 000

6 00010

0

10 00

0

Accessories




Locking inserts OD-LT-VU01, OD-LT-VU2 page B35


Interconnecting busbars S1L-27, S3L-27, S4L-27 page B41


��Series of miniature circuit breakers up to 125 A,

AC 230/400 V a DC 72 V / pole.

��For protection of cables and conductors against

overload and short-circuit.

��Tripping characteristics B, C, D according to EN 60898-1.


��Status indicator - indicates on/off position.

��Possibility of locking and sealing in off or on position.




80 LVN-80B-1 OEZ:42262 LVN-80C-1 OEZ:42265 LVN-80D-1 OEZ:42268 1.5 0.283 1


125 LVN-125B-1 OEZ:42264 LVN-125C-1 OEZ:42267 - - 1.5 0.260 1






125 LVN-125B-3 OEZ:42275 LVN-125C-3 OEZ:42278 - - 4.5 0.827 1




80 LVN-80B-4 OEZ:42282 LVN-80C-4 OEZ:42285 LVN-80D-4 OEZ:42288 6 1.092 1

100 LVN-100B-4 OEZ:42283 LVN-100C-4 OEZ:42286 LVN-100D-4 OEZ:42289 6 1.075 1

125 LVN-125B-4 OEZ:42284 LVN-125C-4 OEZ:42287 - - 6 1.107 1

Minia

B16

LVN Miniature circuit breakers

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LVN

Minia

B17



Type LVN


Approval marks

Number of poles 1, 3, 4

Tripping characteristics B, C, D








Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-2) Icn DC 10 kA


Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Icu DC 15 kA

Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles

Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles



Connection

Conductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded) 4 ÷ 50 mm2

Conductor Cu - flexible with a sleeve 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2

Screw head type PZ2

Torque max. 3.5 Nm






Shocks (EN 60068-2-27) m/s2 150 in 11 ms half-sine pulse

Resistance to sinusoidal vibration (EN 60068-2-6) m/s2 50 at 25 ÷ 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 s)

Specifi cations

Minia

B18











curve number (1, 2 or 3) in the table, and using the correction curve number and given

ambient temperature on the graph, determine correction factor KT.


Determine correction factor KN according to the number of circuit breakers placed side-by-

side.

Example

Task: how rated current In

= 100 A will change for circuit breaker

LVN- 100B- 1 at ambient temperature 10 °C and for 4 circuit breakers

placed side-by-side?

Determination of KT: for characteristic B, number of poles 1, and In 100 A, it is possible to take

correction curve No. 3 from the table. For intersection of the correction

curve No. 3 and ambient temperature 10 °C it is possible to determine

correction factor KT = 1.12 on the vertical scale of the graph.

Determination of KN: for 4 circuit breakers LVN-100B-1 placed side-by-side it is possible

to determine from the table correction factor KN = 0.88

Correction In: new rated current In1 = KT x KN x In = 1.12 x 0.88 x 100 A = 98.56 A


CharacteristicNumber 80 100 125


B1 2 3 3

3, 4 1 1 1

C1 2 3 3

3, 4 1 1 1

D1 2 3 -

3, 4 1 1 -

Correction factor KN at circuit breakers placed side-by-side.

Number circuit breakers LVN

placed side-by-side.1 2 ÷ 3 4 ÷ 6 > 7


Curve No. 3


Corre

ction

facto

r KT

-20 -10 0 2010 4030 500.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3



Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Max. impedance of fault loop Zs [Ω] 2)

In Z1) P1) Z1) P1) Z1) P1) Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D

[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0,4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0,4 s t ≤ 5 s

80 1.1 7.0 1.1 6.7 1.1 6.7 0.58 0.58 0.30 0.46 0.14 0.46

100 0.8 8.0 0.88 8.0 0.8 8.0 0.46 0.46 0.23 0.37 0.12 0.37

125 0.7 10.1 0.7 10.8 - - 0.37 0.37 0.18 0.30 0.09 0.301) Average values per protected pole2) For TN network, U

0 = AC 230 V, according to EN 60364-4-41; if the measured value exceeds the table value, we recommend to use residual current circuit breaker


Minia

B19



��Reference frequency: 50 Hz

Correction of tripping characteristic depending on frequency

Thermal release

In Correction factor

[A] 0 Hz 16 2/3 Hz 50 Hz 125 Hz 400 Hz 1 000 Hz

80 ÷ 125 1 1 1 0.97 0.92 0.85

Electromagnetic release


[A] 0 Hz 16 2/3 Hz 50 Hz 125 Hz 400 Hz 1 000 Hz

80 ÷ 125 1.5 1 1 1.05 1.3 1.8

Example:

For circuit breaker LVN-100B-1 in a circuit with frequency of 400 Hz, rated current is corrected: In = 100 x 0.92 = 92 A.

For characteristic B, range of electromagnetic release switching is changed to 1.3 x (3 ÷ 5) In = (3.9 ÷ 6.5) In

The time selectivity of particular combination up to the value of short-circuit

current Ik´́ shown in the table is ensured in case of short-circuit behind the LVN

circuit breaker with back-up fuse-link.

Which means that at short-circuit of particular combination under the Ik´́ value

only the circuit breaker actuates. In case the short-circuit current value is bigger

than Ik´́ value then also the back-up fuse-link actuates.

Example:

Miniature circuit breaker LVN-100B-.. actuates earlier than back-up fuse-link

with rated current 200 A up to short-circuit current 7 kA.

Selectivity of LVN miniature circuit breakers of characteristic B with backup fuses [kA]

In Fuse of type gG

[A] 100 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 224 A 250 A

80 2.8 3.8 5.7 8.1 10.0 10.0

100 - 3.8 5.2 7.0 10.0 10.0

125 - - 5.2 7.0 10.0 10.0

Selectivity of LVN miniature circuit breakers of characteristic C with backup fuses [kA]

In Fuse of type gG

[A] 100 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 224 A 250 A

80 2.5 3.5 5.1 7.5 9.2 10.0

100 - 3.3 4.5 6.5 8.0 10.0

125 - - 4.5 6.5 8.0 10.0

Selectivity with backup fuse

Ik"

Selectivity of LVN miniature circuit breakers of characteristic D with backup fuses [kA]

In Fuse of type gG

[A] 100 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 224 A 250 A

80 2.3 3.3 4.6 6.9 8.1 10

100 - 2.8 4.3 6.2 7.5 9.2

Minia

B20



Switching lighting fi ttings with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source in the circuit with LVN circuit breakers

HQ - mercury discharge lamps

HQI - metal halide discharge lamp

NAV - sodium discharge lamp

The below tables determine:

- power and current of lighting fi ttings with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source

- max. permitted number of lighting devices with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source connected downstream of the circuit breaker - with this confi guration, the circuit breaker does not trip

in circuit (lighting fi ttings) switching on

Power and current of lighting fi ttings with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source

Power output/lighting fi tting [W]

35 70 150 250 400 1 000 2 000 3 500

Current/lighting fi tting [A] 0.5 1 1.8 3 3.5 9.5 10.3 18

Current / uncompensated lighting fi tting [A] 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 6 5.5 9.8

Starting current / lighting fi tting [A] 10 18 36 60 70 120 125 220

Max. permitted number (pieces) of lighting fi ttings with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source connected downstream of the circuit breaker 1)

Rated current of the circuit

breaker In [A]

Power output/lighting fi tting [W]

35 70 150 250 400 1 000 2 000 3 500

Characteristic C

80 76 42 21 12 11 6 6/5 3

100 98 54 27 16 14 8/7 8/6 4

125 116 64 32 19 16 9 9/8 5

Characteristic D80 143/112 80/56 40/31 24/18 20/16 9/6 10/5 5/3

100 186/140 103/70 51/39 31/23 26/20 11/7 12/6 7/41) The values separated by slash mean the values for the lighting fi ttings „with compensation / without compensation“

Example:

In case of circuit breaker LVN-100C-1, max. permitted number of lighting fi ttings is 98 pieces

for lighting fi tting with unit power of 35 W. Operating current is 0.3 x 98 = 29.4 A for

compensated lighting devices. The starting current is 10 x 98 = 980 A.

Minia

B21



Dimensions

Diagram

LVN-..-3

LVN-..-1

LVN-..-4

26.6 6.2 43.9

64

69.889

.8

45.1

73.5

79.8 106.4 6.2 43.9

64

69.8

74

89.8

45.1

LVN-..-1 LVN-..-3

1

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

LVN-..-4

7

8

Minia

B22



Characteristics LVN in AC circuit 1)

Characteristics I2t



.



.

��Characteristic D: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes high


.

1008060402010

x In

76421 3 5 98

0.01

1.1

3 I n

1.4

5 I n

t v[s

]

1

2

5

30

120

10

60

min

C


0.05

0.1

0.5

1

5

10

50

100

500

1 000

5 000

10 000

DB

1.5

100/125A

80 A

LVN - Characteristic B

Ip [A]

10 00

08 0

00

6 000

4 000

2 000

10 000

20 000

40 000

60 000

80 000100 000

200 000

300 000

I2 t [A2 s]

1 000

100/125A

80 A

LVN - Characteristic C

Ip [A]

10 00

08 0

00

6 000

4 000

2 000

10 000

20 000

40 000

60 000

80 000100 000

200 000

300 000

I2 t [A2 s]

1 000

100 A

80 A

LVN - Characteristic D

Ip [A]

10 00

08 0

00

6 000

4 000

2 000

10 000

20 000

40 000

60 000

80 000100 000

200 000

300 000

I2 t [A2 s]

1 000

1) In DC circuit, limits of electromagnetic release are changed with correction factor 1.5.

Characteristic B: (4.5 ÷ 7.5) In / C: (7.5 ÷ 15) In / D: (15 ÷ 30) In


Thermal release Tripping characteristic type

B, C, D

Conventional non-tripping current Int for t ≥ 2 hr (for In > 63 A) Int = 1.13 In

Conventional tripping current It for t < 2 hr (for In > 63 A) It = 1.45 In

Current I3 for 1 s < t < 120 s (for In > 32 A) I3 = 2.55 In


Electromagnetic release Tripping characteristic type

B C D

Current I4 for 0.1 s < t < 90 s (for In > 32 A) I4 = 3 In

0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A) I4 = 5 In

0.1 s < t < 8 s (for In > 32 A) I4 = 10 In

Current I5 for t < 0,1 s I5 = 5 In I5 = 10 In I5 = 20 In


Minia

B23

LTN-UC Miniature circuit breakers

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTN-UC

Description

Status indicator

��Indicates operating status of the device optically.

Easy connection

��Double terminal with a fi xed barrier in the middle

and a secured screw. Enables connection of conductor

and interconnecting busbars from both sides of the device.

��Safety: the terminals are equipped with sliding plastic

caps, which increase protection against dangerous

contact.

��Interconnection of circuit breakers by interconnect-

ing busbar both at the top and at the bottom.

��Interconnection of circuit breakers with LFE/LFN

and OLI/OLE residual current circuit breakers by in-

terconnecting busbar both at the top and at the bottom.

Mounting/dismantling on/from „U” rails

The latches enable:

��enable very quick mounting and dismantling by hand,

without any tool needed.

��Withdrawal/replacement of the circuit breaker from a row

of devices interconnected by the interconnecting busbar

up or down without interruption of adjacent circuit

or removal of the busbar.

Colourof indicator

Stateof device

�� switched on

�� switched off

��Easy connection and check of conductors at si-

multaneous connection of interconnecting busbar- the

interconnecting busbar does not cover the connecting

area for conductors.

��Connection possibility:

– of two conductors of the diff erent cross-sections

– up to 4 conductors in the terminal

– conductor of cross section up to 35 mm2

Front side of the terminal

Barrier

Rear side of the terminal

��Connection: both front and rear part of the terminal

makes it possible to connect both conductor and intercon-

necting busbar. This is possible on both sides of the device.

For range of connection see page B25.

Sealing

��The circuit breaker can be sealed in on or off position.

Minia

B24



��The series of circuit breakers for protection of direct cur-

rent (DC) and alternating current (AC) circuits up to 63 A,

DC 220 V (1-pole), DC 440 V (2-pole), AC 230/400 V. In

connection in DC circuit it is mandatory to observe de-

vice polarity.

��For protection of cables and conductors against over-

load and short-circuit.

��Tripping characteristics C according to EN 60898-2.


Circuit breakers for direct current (DC) and alternating current (AC) circuits, 1-pole

In Characteristic C Number Weight Package

[A] Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]

1 LTN-UC-1C-1 OEZ:41846 1 0.182 12

2 LTN-UC-2C-1 OEZ:41847 1 0.186 12

4 LTN-UC-4C-1 OEZ:41848 1 0.177 12

6 LTN-UC-6C-1 OEZ:41849 1 0.165 12

8 LTN-UC-8C-1 OEZ:41850 1 0.181 12

10 LTN-UC-10C-1 OEZ:41851 1 0.184 12

13 LTN-UC-13C-1 OEZ:41852 1 0.182 12

16 LTN-UC-16C-1 OEZ:41853 1 0.157 12

20 LTN-UC-20C-1 OEZ:41854 1 0.180 12

25 LTN-UC-25C-1 OEZ:41855 1 0.190 12

32 LTN-UC-32C-1 OEZ:41856 1 0.158 12

40 LTN-UC-40C-1 OEZ:41857 1 0.177 12

50 LTN-UC-50C-1 OEZ:41858 1 0.185 12

63 LTN-UC-63C-1 OEZ:41859 1 0.189 12

Circuit breakers for direct current (DC) and alternating current (AC) circuits, 2-pole

In Characteristic C Number Weight Package

[A] Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]

1 LTN-UC-1C-2 OEZ:41860 2 0.329 6

2 LTN-UC-2C-2 OEZ:41861 2 0.319 6

4 LTN-UC-4C-2 OEZ:41862 2 0.315 6

6 LTN-UC-6C-2 OEZ:41863 2 0.317 6

8 LTN-UC-8C-2 OEZ:41864 2 0.333 6

10 LTN-UC-10C-2 OEZ:41865 2 0.333 6

13 LTN-UC-13C-2 OEZ:41866 2 0.338 6

16 LTN-UC-16C-2 OEZ:41867 2 0.341 6

20 LTN-UC-20C-2 OEZ:41868 2 0.341 6

25 LTN-UC-25C-2 OEZ:41869 2 0.317 6

32 LTN-UC-32C-2 OEZ:41870 2 0.340 6

40 LTN-UC-40C-2 OEZ:41871 2 0.339 6

50 LTN-UC-50C-2 OEZ:41872 2 0.354 6

63 LTN-UC-63C-2 OEZ:41873 2 0.365 6

Accessories








Minia

B25



Type LTN-UC


Approval marks

Number of poles 1, 2

Tripping characteristics C



DC 220 V (1pole), DC 440 V (2pole)



Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 250/440 V, DC 250 V / protected pole


Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-2) Icn AC/DC 10 kA

Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycle , for 40, 50, 63 A 5 000 operating cycles

Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles, for 40, 50, 63 A 5 000 operating cycles




Connection


Screw head type PZ2

Torque max. 3.5 Nm

Top or bottom connection top/bottom 1)





Shocks (EN 60068-2-27) m/s2 150 za 11 ms half-sine pulse

Resistance to sinusoidal vibration (EN 60068-2-6) m/s2 50 at 25 ÷ 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 s)1) It is necessary to keep the connection polarity marked on the device in the DC circuits

Specifi cations

Connection range

Type and conductor cross-section for rear side of the terminal

Inte

rcon

nec

tin

g bu

sbar

0.75

÷ 1

0 m

m2

16 m

m2

25 m

m2

0.75

÷ 6

mm

2

1 ÷

6 m

m2

10 m

m2

16 m

m2

1 ÷

2.5

mm

2

4 m

m2

0.75

÷ 6

mm

2

10 m

m2

16 m

m2

0.75

÷ 2

.5 m

m2

4 m

m2

1 ri

gid

con

duct

or

2 ri

gid

con

duct

ors

1 fl

exib

le

con

duct

or 1)

2 fl

exib

le

con

duct

or 1)

1 fl

exib

le

con

duct

or

wit

h a

sle

eve

2 fl

exib

le

con

duct

ors

wit

h a

sle

eve

Type

and

con

duct

or c

ross

-sec

tion

for f

ron

t si

de o

f the

term

inal

1 rigid conductor

0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �35 mm2 ��

2 rigid conductors 0.75 ÷ 10 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

1 flexible conductor 1)1 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2 flexible conductors 1) 1 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

1 flexible conductor with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2 flexible conductors with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal

Conductors of the same type and cross-section must be used for connection of two conductors to the same level of a terminal

��the stated connection combination is possible

��the stated connection combination is not possible

0 75 16 2


Barrier


Minia

B26











curve number (1, 2 or 3) in the table, and using the correction curve number and given ambient

temperature on the graph, determine correction factor KT.


Determine correction factor KN according to the number of circuit breakers

placed side-by-side.

Example

Task: how rated current In = 32 A will change for circuit

breaker LTN-UC-32C-1 at ambient temperature 10 °C

and for 4 circuit breakers placed side-by-side?

Determination of KT: for characteristic C, number of poles 1, and In 32 A, it is

possible to take correction curve No. 2 from the table. For

intersection of the correction curve No. 2 and ambient

temperature 10 °C it is possible to determine correction

factor KT = 1.09 on the vertical scale of the graph.

Determination of KN: for 4 circuit breakers LTN-UC-32C-1 placed side-by-side it

is possible to determine from the table correction factor

KN = 0.88

Correction In: new rated current

In1 = KT x KN x In = 1.09 x 0.88 x 32 A = 30.69 A

Correction factor KN for circuit breakers placed side-by-side

Number of LTN-UC circuit

breakers side-by-side 1 2 ÷ 3 4 ÷ 6 > 7


Curve No. 3


Corre

ction

facto

r KT

-20 -10 0 10 403020 500.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

Curve No. 2


In

[A]

Z 1)

[mΩ/pole]

P 1)

[W/pole]

Max. impedance of fault loop TN Zs [Ω] 2)

DC network AC network 3)

t ≤ 5 s (for Uo 220 V DC) t ≤ 0,1 s (for Uo 440 V DC) t ≤ 0,4 s (for Uo 230 V AC) t ≤ 5 s (for Uo 230 V AC)

1 1210 1.2 35.4 29.3 23.0 37.0

2 295 1.2 17.7 14.7 11.5 18.5

4 81 1.3 8.8 7.3 5.8 9.2

6 44 1.6 5.9 4.9 3.8 6.2

8 14 0.9 4.4 3.7 2.9 4.6

10 10 1.0 3.5 2.9 2.3 3.7

13 8 1.4 2.7 2.3 1.8 2.8

16 5.9 1.5 2.2 1.8 1.4 2.3

20 4 1.6 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.8

25 3.3 2.1 1.4 1.2 0.9 1.5

32 2.4 2.5 1.1 0.92 0.7 1.2

40 2.1 3.3 0.9 0.73 0.6 0.92

50 1.4 3.5 0.7 0.59 0.5 0.74

63 1.1 4.4 0.6 0.47 0.4 0.591) Average values per protected pole2) According to EN60364-4-413) If the measured value exceeds the table value, we recommend to use residual current circuit breaker


CharacteristicNumber 1 2 4 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63


C 1.2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3


Minia

B27



��Reference frequency: 50 Hz

Correction of tripping characteristic depending on frequency

Thermal release


[A] 0 Hz 16 2/3 Hz 50 Hz 125 Hz 400 Hz 1 000 Hz

1 ÷ 10 1 1 1 1 0.99 0.97

13 ÷ 40 1 1 1 0.98 0.97 0.93

50 ÷ 63 1 1 1 0.97 0.92 0.85

Electromagnetic release


[A] 0 Hz 16 Hz 50 Hz 125 Hz 400 Hz 1 000 Hz

1 ÷ 63 1.4 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.7

Example:

��For circuit breaker LTN-UC-50C-2 in a circuit with frequency of 125 Hz, rated current is

corrected: In = 50 x 0.97 = 48.5 A. For characteristic C, range of electromagnetic release

switching is changed to 1.2 x (5 ÷ 10)In = (6 ÷ 12)In

��For circuit breaker LTN-UC-20C-1 in DC current (frequency 0 Hz), rated current is

unchanged: In = 20 x 1 = 20 A. For characteristic C, range of electromagnetic release

switching is changed to 1.4 x (5 ÷ 10) In = (7 ÷ 14) In

Dimensions

69. 8

17.6 6.2 43. 9

64

73. 5

89.8

45.1

35. 2

69. 8

6.2 43. 9

64

74. 1

89.8

45.1

LTN-UC-..-2LTN-UC-..-1

Diagram

LTN-UC-..-1

1

LTN-UC-..-2

1 3

2 2 4

Minia

B28



Characteristics LTN-UC in DC circuit

Characteristics LTN-UC in AC circuit

1

2

5

30

120

10

60

min

1008060402010

x In

76421 3 5 98

0.01

1.1

3 I n

1.4

5 I n

t v[s

]

C


0.05

0.1

0.5

1

5

10

50

100

500

1 000

5 000

10 000

1.5

1

2

5

30

120

10

60

min

1008060402010

x In

76421 3 5 98

0.01

1.1

3 I n

1.4

5 I n

t v[s

]


0.05

0.1

0.5

1

5

10

50

100

500

1 000

5 000

10 000

1.5

C


Thermal release Tripping characteristic typeC

Conventional non-tripping current Int for t ≥ 1 hr Int = 1.13 InConventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr It = 1.45 In

Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s (for In ≤ 32 A)

I3 = 2.55 In1 s < t < 120 s (for In > 32 A)


Electromagnetic release Characteristic C

DC circuit AC circuit

Current I4 for 0.1 s < t < 15 s (for In ≤ 32 A)I4 = 7 In I4 = 5 In0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A)

Current I5 for t < 0.1 s I5 = 15 In I5 = 10 Int - break time of the circuit breaker

��Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes current surges.

Minia

B29



Characteristics I2t

4 A

1 A

6 A

10 A13/16 A20/25/32 A

63 A

2 A

8 A

40 A50 A

LTN-UC in DC circuit, Characteristic C

20

40

I2 t [A2 s]

Ip [A]

60

80100

400

600

8001 000

200

4 000

6 000

8 00010 000

2 000

40 000

60 000

80 000100 000

20 000

1 00

080

0

600

400

200

2 00

0

4 00

0

6 00

0

1008060402010

10 0

00

200 000

10

4 A

1 A

6 A

10 A13/16 A

20/25/32 A

2 A

8 A

40/50/63 A

LTN-UC in AC circuit, characteristic C

20

40

I2 t [A2 s]

Ip [A]

60

80100

400

600

8001 000

200

4 000

6 000

8 00010 000

2 000

40 000

60 000

80 000100 000

20 000

1 00

080

0

600

400

200

2 00

0

4 00

0

6 00

0

1008060402010

10 0

00

200 000

10

Protection of DC circuits

For protection of DC circuits it is possible to use LTN-UC, LTP,

LTS, LVN, LST-DC circuit breakers depending on voltage.

Miniature circuit breaker DC voltageType In [A]

LTN-UC-..-1 1) do 63 A DC 220 V

LTN-UC-..-2 1) do 63 A DC 440 V

LST-DC-..-2 1) do 125 A DC 440 V

LTP,LTS-..-1 do 63 A DC 60 V



LVN-..-1 do 125 A DC 72 V

LVN-..-3 do 125 A DC 216 V

LVN-..-4 do 125 A DC 288 V1) It is necessary to keep the polarity marked on the circuit breaker

L TN

-UC-

...-1

I

I

I

220 V / L0 V / L

LTN

-UC-

...-1

I

I

I

220 V / L 0 V / L

1-pole connection of LTN-UC

Load

Load Source

Top connection Bottom connection

LTN

-UC-

...-2

440 V / L0 V / L

I

I

I

I

LTN

-UC-

...-2

440 V / L 0 V / L

II

II

2-pole connection of LTN-UC

Load

Load Source


Correct polarity connection of DC circuit breakers,

loads etc. in the circuit has to follow the direction

of current fl ow in DC circuit that is from (+) to (-).

Example of current fl ow according to polarity is shown by the

arrow:

The correct connection of devices (point 1) seems to be illogical due to connection of load terminal (+) and circuit breaker terminal (-). However, it is correct connection.

Load

I

Miniature circuit breaker

I

SourceI

I

Load I

I

Source I

I

Load I

I

2) Wrong connection of devices

= contradictory current fl ow on the devices

1) Correct connection of devices

= equal direction of current fl ow on the devices

Auxiliary switch PS-LS

Shunt trips SV-LS

Accessories

Rated Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Packagevoltage Uc of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

AC/DC 24 V 10 SV-LS-X024-1000 OEZ:35695 1 0.120 1

AC/DC 400 V 10 SV-LS-X400-1000 OEZ:35703 1 0.109 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

11 PS-LS-1100 OEZ:35664 0.5 0.043 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

��Series of miniature circuit breakers up to 125 A / DC 440 V.��For protection of cables and conductors against over-

load and short-circuit.��Tripping characteristics C according to EN 60898-1.

��Breaking capacity Icn 10 kA.��Possibility of sealing in on or off position.��Device polarity must be always observed in connecting.

Circuit breakers for direct current (DC), 2-poleIn

[A]Characteristic C Number Weight PackageType Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]

80 LST-DC-80C-2 OEZ:37241 3 0.45 2100 LST-DC-100C-2 OEZ:37242 3 0.45 2125 LST-DC-125C-2 OEZ:37243 3 0.45 2

Minia

B30

LST-DC Miniature circuit breakers

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LST-DC

Minia

B31



Type LST-DC

Standards EN 60898-1Approval marks

Number of poles 2

Tripping characteristics CRated current In 80, 100, 125 A

Rated operating voltage Ue DC 440 VMax. operating voltage Umax DC 448 V

Min. operating voltage (1 pole) Umin DC 12 VRated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Icu DC 10 kA (t ≤ 5 ms)

Rated short-circuit service breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Ics DC 100% IcuElectrical endurance 4 000 operating cycles




ConnectionConductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 50 mm2, 2x 16 mm2

Torque 3.5 Nm

Top or bottom connection top/bottom 1)


Ambient temperature °C -30 ÷ +55 °CWorking position arbitrarySeismic resistance EN 980: 1993 2)

1) It is necessary to keep the polarity marked on the circuit breaker2) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín

Specifi cations


In Z 1) P 1) Max. impedance of fault loop for TN network TN Zs [Ω] 2)

[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] t ≤ 5 s (for U0 220 V DC) t ≤ 0,1 s (for U0 440 V DC)

80 0.91 5.79 0.49 0.79

100 0.80 8.03 0.39 0.63

125 0.61 9.46 0.31 0.501) Average values per protected pole2) According to EN 60364-4-41; times t ≤ 5 and 0.1 s are disconnection times

Correction of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers LST-DC

In[A]

Correction of rated currents for ambient temperature -30 °C up to +60 °C [A] 1)

-30 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C

80 104.0 104.0 100.0 96.0 92.0 88.0 80 74.4 70.4 67.2100 130.0 130.0 125.0 120.0 115.0 110.0 100 93.0 88.0 84.0125 162.5 162.5 156.3 150.0 143.8 137.5 125 116.3 110.0 105.0

1) Valid for 1 pole and any characteristic, reference temperature: 30 °C

Correction of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers installed side by side [A] 2)

1 2 3 4 5

80 76.00 74.00 72.00 70.40

100 95.00 92.50 90.00 88.00

125 118.75 115.63 112.50 110.002) Valid for reference temperature 30 °C

Minia

B32



Dimensions

53.2

LST-DC-..-2

74

70

71.5

904560

445.5

1. 7

8.75 5.570

44

60

93 90 45

PS-LS-..

33

11

12

34

17.5

26.1 71.5

70

4590

5.560

44

SV-LS-..

C2

C1

14

Diagram

Wiring diagram

3

42

1

LST-DC-..-2

34 12

33 11

PS-LS-1100

14

C2C1

SV-LS-..-1000


p

LST-

DC-..

.-2

LST-

DC-..

.-2

Load Source

Load Source

I I

I

I I

II

I

440 V / L+0 V / L-

440 V / L+ 0 V / L-

LST-DC-..-2

SV-LS-..

2-pole connection of LST-DC

PS-LS-..

��Accessory to:

– miniature circuit breakers LTP, LTS, LVN, LTN-UC

– residual current circuit breakers: LFN, LFE

– switches: MSO, AVN-DC

��For signalling the position of contacts of the device in

switching off by releases or manually, i.e. in switching

off by overload, short-circuit, shunt trip or undervoltage

release, residual current and manually by control lever.

�� Mounting:

– on the right side of the device

– 2 auxiliary switches can be connected to one device in

combination with the other accessories - see page B40.

��Width 9 mm.

��Auxiliary switch function can be checked by test lever

on the front side of the device (version PS-..-TE).

��Variant for switching small direct current voltages up to

DC 30 V.

�� They are suitable for application in SELV and PELV cir-

cuits - suffi cient insulation is provided between the

circuit breaker and the auxiliary switch.

��Accessory to:



��For position signalling of main contacts of the device

in switching off by releases, i.e. in switching off by

overload, short-circuit, shunt trip and undervoltage

release or residual current.

�� Mounting:


– 2 signal switches can be connected to one device in

combination with the other accessories - see page B40.

��Auxiliary switch function can be checked by test lever

on the front side of the device (version SS-..-TE).

��Signal switch can be reset by means of the red reset

lever on the front side of the device without switching

the device on by the control lever (version SS-..-RE).

�� They are suitable for application in SELV and PELV cir-

cuits - suffi cient insulation is provided between the

circuit breaker and the signal switch

Auxiliary switches

Signal switches

Design Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package

of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

Standard

11 PS-LT-1100 OEZ:42297 0.5 0.065 1

20 PS-LT-2000 OEZ:42299 0.5 0.071 1

02 PS-LT-0200 OEZ:42298 0.5 0.065 1

With test lever

11 PS-LT-1100-TE OEZ:42300 0.5 0.054 1

20 PS-LT-2000-TE OEZ:42302 0.5 0.058 1

02 PS-LT-0200-TE OEZ:42301 0.5 0.080 1

For small voltages standard 11 PS-LT-1100-MN OEZ:42303 0.5 0.075 1

For small voltages with test lever 11 PS-LT-1100-MN-TE OEZ:42304 0.5 0.054 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts



Standard

11 SS-LT-1100 OEZ:42306 0.5 0.065 1

20 SS-LT-2000 OEZ:42307 0.5 0.075 1

02 SS-LT-0200 OEZ:42308 0.5 0.078 1

With test lever

11 SS-LT-1100-TE-RE OEZ:42309 0.5 0.055 1

20 SS-LT-2000-TE-RE OEZ:42310 0.5 0.057 1

02 SS-LT-0200-TE-RE OEZ:42311 0.5 0.057 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Minia

B33


ACCESSORIES

��Accessory to:

– miniature circuit breakers LTS, LVN, LTN-UC


��They are used for device switching off by applied voltage.

�� Mounting:


– one shunt trip can be connected to one device in com-

bination with the other accessories - see page B40.

��Accessory to:

– miniature circuit breakers LTS, LVN, LTN-UC


��They are used for tripping the device at loss of voltage as

well as at gradual decrease of voltage.

��They are used for elimination of closing of circuit break-

er if voltage is lower than 35 % Uc (switching is pos-

sible at voltage higher than 85 % Uc).

��They are often used for protection against device restart

following mains failure.

�� Mounting:


– one undervoltage release can be connected to one

device in combination with the other accessories - see

page B40.

Shunt trips

Undervoltage releases

Rated voltage Type Order Number Weight PackageUc code of modules [kg] [pcs]

AC/DC 24 ÷ 60 V SV-LT-X060 OEZ:42312 1 0.106 1

AC 110 ÷ 415 V / DC 110 V SV-LT-X400 OEZ:42313 1 0.098 1

Rated voltage Arrangement Type Order Number Weight PackageUc of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

AC 230 V- SP-LT-A230 OEZ:42315 1 0.109 1

20 SP-LT-A230-2000 OEZ:42317 1 0.123 1

DC 24 V- SP-LT-D024 OEZ:42319 1 0.113 1

20 SP-LT-D024-2000 OEZ:42321 1 0.117 1

DC 110 V- SP-LT-D110 OEZ:42320 1 0.105 1

20 SP-LT-D110-2000 OEZ:42322 1 0.128 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Minia

B34


ACCESSORIES

��Accessory to:

– miniature circuit breakers LVN, LTN-UC

– residual current circuit breakers: OLI, OLE

– switches: AVN-DC

��For safe locking of the control lever in off or on position.

��The protective function of the devices is functional even

in locked position.

��Maximum diameter of lock rod - 3 mm.

��The lock is not included in the package.

��Accessory to:

– miniature circuit breakers: LTP, LTS,LVN, LTN-UC

– residual current circuit breakers: OLI, OLE, LFN, LFE


��For safe locking of the control lever in off or on position.

��The protective function of the devices is functional even

in locked position.

��Maximum diameter of lock rod - 6 mm.

��The lock is not included in the package.

��In installation it is necessary to press the fi xing

springs of the insert by two fi ngers against

each other, and then slide them in the holes

in the circuit breaker. In case of pressing

the insert against the circuit breaker body a part

of the plastic cover could break off !

��Accessory to:


– residual current circuit breakers: OLI, OLE


��For covering and sealing of terminal screws.

Locking insert OD-LT-VU01

Locking insert OD-LT-VU02

Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01

Type Order Weight Package

code [kg] [pcs]

OD-LT-VU01 OEZ:42324 0.012 1


code [kg] [pcs]

OD-LT-VU02 OEZ:42325 0.003 1


code [kg] [pcs]

OD-LT-VP01 OEZ:42323 0.002 1

Minia

B35


ACCESSORIES

Minia

B36


ACCESSORIES

TypePS-LTSS-LT

PS-LT-1100-MNPS-LT-1100-MN-TE

Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1

EN 62019 EN 62019

Approval marks

Arrangement of contacts 1) 11, 20, 02 11, 20, 02

Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-13400 V 2 A -

230 V 6 A -

AC-14400 V 2 A -

230 V 6 A -

DC-13

220 V 1 A -

110 V 1 A -

60 V 3 A -

24 V 6 A -

Max. voltage/current - DC 30 V / 50 mA

Min. voltage/current 24 V / 50 mA DC 5 V / 1 mA

Backup protection - fuse / miniature circuit breaker 6 A gG / 6A characteristic B, C 6 A gG / 6A characteristic B, C

Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles

Electrical endurance at Ie 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles

Degree of protection IP20 IP20

Connection

Conductor Cu rigid (solid, stranded) 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Conductor Cu flexible 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm

Connection top/bottom top/bottom


Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary

Climatic resistance dle IEC 60068-2-30 28 operating cycles 28 operating cycles

Shocks (EN 60068-2-27) m/s2 150 za 11 ms half-sine pulse 150 za 11 ms half-sine pulse

Vibration resistance according to 60068-2-6 m/s2 50 at 10 ÷ 150 Hz 50 at 10 ÷ 150 Hz1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Specifi cations of auxiliary and signal switches

Minia

B37


ACCESSORIES

Type SV-LT SP-LT

Standards EN 60947-1 EN 60947-1

Approval marks

Mounting on the right side of the device on the right side of the device


Control circuit coil

Rated voltage Uc AC/DC 24 ÷ 60 V AC 230 V

AC 110 ÷ 415 V / DC 110 V DC 24, 110 V

Range of rated voltage 0.7 ÷ 1.1 Uc 0.85 ÷ 1.1 Uc

Voltage range for switching off - < 0.35 ÷ 0.7 Uc

Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Backup protection - fuse / miniature circuit breaker 6 A gG / 6 A characteristic B, C 6 A gG / 6 A characteristic B, C

Contact

Arrangement of contacts 1) - 20

Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 - 230 V / 6 A

Min. voltage/current - 24 V / 50 mA

Backup protection - fuse / miniature circuit breaker - 6 A gG / 6 A char. B, C

Connection

Conductor Cu rigid (solid, stranded) 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Conductor Cu flexible 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2


Connection top/bottom top/bottom



Electrical endurance 2 000 operating cycles 2 000 operating cycles



Climatic resistance according to IEC 60068-2-30 28 operating cycles 28 operating cycles

Shocks (EN 60068-2-27) m/s2 50 za 11 ms half-sine pulse 50 za 11 ms half-sine pulse

Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6 m/s2 50 at 10 ÷ 150 Hz 50 at 10 ÷ 150 Hz1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Specifi cations of shunt trips and undervoltage releases

Minia

B38


ACCESSORIES

Dimensions

9

64

446

61.5

73.3

45

48.4

90

68.5

PS-LT, SS-LT

21

13

14

22

23

13

14

24

21

11

12

22

SV-LT

17.6

63.1

436.4

67.6

73.3

45.1

89.8

C2

C1

SP-LT

17.6

D2

D1

23 24

14

13

17.6 69.8 19.6

4

OD-LT-VU01

LTN-UC, LVN + OD-LT-VU01 + OD-LT-VP01

LTP, LTS + OD-LT-VU02

17.6 69.8 7.7

LTN-UC, LVN + OD-LT-VU02OD-LT-VP01

17.6 68.3 7.7

Minia

B39


ACCESSORIES

Diagram

TEST

21

14 22

PS-LT-1100-TE PS-LT-2000-TE

13 23

14 24

11 21

12 22

PS-LT-0200-TE

SS-LT-1100

13 21

14 22

SS-LT-2000

13 23

14 24

11 21

12 22

SS-LT-0200

13 21

14 22

PS-LT-1100 PS-LT-2000

13 23

14 24

11 21

12 22

PS-LT-0200

13

TEST TEST

SS-LT-1100-TE-RE

13 21

14 22

SS-LT-2000-TE-RE

13 23

14 24

11 21

12 22

SS-LT-0200-TE-RE

TEST TEST TEST

D2

D1

U<

SP-LT

A1

U<

SP-LT-..-2000

D2

13

24

23

14

C2C1

SV-LT-..

Installation of auxiliary switch, shunt trips or undervoltage releases

1. In mounting the levers of auxiliary switch and

of the circuit breaker are in OFF position.

2. Tilt both fi xing springs of the auxiliary switch

to the right so that they do not get between the aux-

iliary switch and circuit breaker in installation.

3. Slide the auxiliary switch onto the circuit breaker

from the right.

For installation of an auxiliary switch, shunt trip or under-

voltage releases on a circuit breaker, residual current circuit

breaker or switch, the same procedure shall apply as de-

scribed on the example of installation of the auxiliary switch

on the circuit breaker in the following points.

4

3

4

5

4

1

2

2

4. Lock the fi xing springs in the circuit breaker body so

that the auxiliary switch cannot release.

5. Check correct function by switching.

Minia

B40


ACCESSORIES

or or or

PS-LT SS-LT PS-LTSS-LT

PS-LTSS-LT

PS-LTSS-LT

SS-LTPS-LT

or or or


PS-LTSS-LT

PS-LTSS-LT

SS-LTPS-LT

SV-LT

or or or


PS-LTSS-LT

PS-LTSS-LT

SS-LTPS-LT

SP-LT

LTS, LTN-UC, LVN, LFE, LFN

or

PS-LT PS-LT PS-LTMSO, AVN-DC

LTP

or or or


PS-LTSS-LT

PS-LTSS-LT

SS-LTPS-LT

Combination of accessories

��For interconnection of 1 to 4-pole circuit breakers, re-

sidual current circuit breakers, switches, lightning

current arresters and surge voltage arresters.

�� Interconnecting busbars of S3L-...FI design:

– special interconnecting busbars (without N-pole)

for easier connection of the residual current circuit

breaker and circuit breaker, where it is required that

the row of circuit breakers begins at the N-pole

of the residual current circuit breaker.

– advantage (compared to solution with standard

busbar with N-pole) - it is not necessary to cut the

outlets of the N-pole.

��For devices with pole spacing 17.8 mm:

–�miniature circuit breakers LTP, LTS, LTN-UC

–�residual current circuit breakers LFN, LFE, OLI, OLE

� –�switches MSO etc.

��For devices with pole spacing 27 mm:

–�miniature circuit breakers LVN

–�1-module devices (e.g. LTP, LTS, LTN-UC miniature

circuit breakers, switches MSO etc.) with auxiliary

switch

��For devices with pole spacing 17.8 mm:

–�miniature circuit breakers LTP, LTS, LTN-UC

–�residual current circuit breakers LFN, LFE, OLI, OLE

� –�switches MSO etc.

��They are manufactured already covered, and must not

be shortened.

Interconnecting busbars

Interconnecting busbars of length 1 m

Interconnecting busbars of length 1 m

Short interconnecting busbars

Number Number Cross-section Type Order End cap Weight Package

of poles of outlets [mm2] code [kg] [pcs]

1 5710 S1L-1000-10 OEZ:37373 EKC-1 0.204 50

16 S1L-1000-16 OEZ:37375 EKC-1 0.302 50

2 28x 2 16 S2L-1000-16 OEZ:37378 EKC-2+3 0.477 20

3 19x 310 S3L-1000-10 OEZ:38484 EKC-3 0.505 20

16 S3L-1000-16 OEZ:37379 EKC-2+3 0.737 20

3+N 27x 2 16 S3L+N-1000-16 OEZ:38487 EKC-4 1.205 15

4 14x 4 16 S4L-1000-16 OEZ:38486 EKC-4 1.205 15



1 3716 S1L-27-1000-16 OEZ:37376 EKC-1 0.201 50

25 S1L-27-1000-25 OEZ:37377 EKC-1-36 0.315 30

3 12x 316 S3L-27-1000-16 OEZ:37380 EKC-2+3 0.537 20

25 S3L-27-1000-25 OEZ:37381 EKC-3-36 0.995 10

4 9x 4 25 S4L-27-1000-25 OEZ:37382 EKC-3-36 1.327 15

Number Number Cross-section Type Order End cap *) Weight Package


1 1210 S1L-210-10 OEZ:38475 � 0.045 50

16 S1L-210-16 OEZ:37374 � 0.047 50

2 6x 210 S2L-210-10 OEZ:38476 � 0.067 20

16 S2L-210-16 OEZ:38477 � 0.110 20

3

2x 310 S3L-106-10 OEZ:38478 � 0.055 25

16 S3L-106-16 OEZ:38479 � 0.080 25

3x 310 S3L-160-10 OEZ:38480 � 0.085 25

16 S3L-160-16 OEZ:38481 � 0.115 25

4x 310 S3L-210-10 OEZ:38482 � 0.110 25

16 S3L-210-16 OEZ:38483 � 0.150 25

*) �= The busbar is covered

Minia

B41


INTERCONNECTING BUSBARS

��For covering the ends of interconnecting busbars.

��It enables power supply of interconnecting busbars by

conductors of cross section up to 35 mm2.

��The blocks can be assembled in series to create a multi-

-pole connection unit.

��Degree of protection IP20.

��It enables isolation of unused outlets of interconnecting

busbars.

��For covering fi ve unused outlets.

End caps

Power supply unit

Outlet cover

Accessories of interconnecting busbars

Type Order Description Weight Package

code [kg] [pcs]

EKC-1 OEZ:37383 for 1-pole rails by cross-section 10, 12, 16 mm2 0.0005 10

EKC-2+3 OEZ:37384 for 2-pole rails and for 3-pole rails by cross-section 16 mm2 0.0010 10

EKC-3 OEZ:37385 for 3-pole rails by cross-section 10 mm2 0.0010 10

EKC-3-36 OEZ:37386 for 3-pole rails and for 4-pole rails by cross-section 25 mm2 0.0020 10

EKC-4 OEZ:37387 for 4-pole rails by cross-section 16 mm2 0.0020 10

EKC-1-36 OEZ:43854 for 1-pole rails by cross-section 25 mm2 0.0010 10


code [kg] [pcs]

ES-35-GS OEZ:37388 0.035 10


code [kg] [pcs]

EKD-5 OEZ:43147 0.004 10

��For 2 and 3-module devices with auxiliary switch.

��For easier connection of circuit breaker with residual current circuit breaker (version S3L-...FI).

Special interconnecting busbars



2 22x 2 16 S2L+N+9-1000-16 1) OEZ:39849 EKC-2+3 0.710 20

3

3x 3 + 2x 110 S3L-210FI-10 2) OEZ:43144 ��*) 0.074 25

16 S3L-210FI-16 2) OEZ:43146 ��*) 0.099 25

16x 3 16 S3L+9-1000-16 3) OEZ:38485 EKC-2+3 0.720 20

22x 2 16 S3L+N+9-1000-16 1) OEZ:39616 EKC-4 0.983 151) For 2-module (L+N) devices with auxiliary switch2) For interconnection of circuit breakers and residual current circuit breakers, where it is required that the row of circuit breakers begins at

the N-pole of the residual current circuit breaker3) For 3-module (L123) devices with auxiliary switch

*) �= The busbar is covered

Minia

B42



��For connection of another conductor to the head part

of the terminal.

��Cross-section of Cu conductors: 6 ÷ 25 mm2.

��For connection of conductors to the clamp part

of the terminal.

��Cross-section of Cu conductors: 6 ÷ 25 mm2.

��For connection of 3 conductors per device pole of cross section 10 mm2.

��For connection of Cu/Al conductors of cross section

35 ÷ 95 mm2.

��With direct or outbowed terminal.

��For connection of Al or Cu conductors. ��Cross-section of Cu conductors: 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2.

��Cross-section of Al conductors: 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2.

Terminal extensions

Terminal extension up to 25 mm2 with fork

Terminal extension up to 25 mm2 with pin

Terminal extension 3x 10 mm2

Terminal extensions up to 95 mm2

Terminal extension up to 50 mm2

Type Order Accessories to Weight Package

code [kg] [pcs]

AS-25-G OEZ:37390 OFI, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVC, SVM 0.013 30


code [kg] [pcs]

AS-25-S OEZ:37389 OFI-..-2-...., RLP 0.014 30


code [kg] [pcs]

N3x10-FH000 OEZ:14127 LVN, LST-DC, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVM 0.035 1


code [kg] [pcs]

AS-50-S-AL01 OEZ:38749LTP, LTS, LTN-UC, LVN, LST-DC, LFE, LFN, OLE, OLI, OFI100/125,

SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVC, SVM, MSO0.018 1


code [kg] [pcs]

CS-FH000-3NP95 OEZ:13740straight terminal– the package contains the set of 3 pieces

LVN, LST-DC, SJBplus, SJB-NPE

0.176 1

CS-FH000-1NP95 OEZ:14378 straight terminalLVN, LST-DC, SJBplus, SJB-NPE

0.06 1

CS-FH000-3NV95 OEZ:13742outbowed terminal– the package contains the set of 3 pieces

LVN, LST-DC, SJBplus, SJB-NPE

0.184 1

Minia

B43



Minia

B44



Specifi cations

Diagram

Shortening interconnecting busbars

Max. loading current per phase

Type S1L.. S2L-.., S3L-.., S4L-..

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 690 V / DC 1000 V AC 415 V

Loading current 63 ÷ 180 A 63 ÷ 180 A

Cross-section 10 ÷ 25 mm2 10 ÷ 25 mm2

Short-circuit strength with backup fuse 250 A gG 50 kA 50 kA

Overvoltage category III III

Rated impulse voltage 8 kV 8 kV


Busbar material E-Cu-F25 E-Cu-F25

Insulation material PC/ABS-Blend PC/ABS-Blend

Rail cross-section

10 mm2 16 mm2 20 mm2 25 mm2

Power supply from the rail edge 63 A 80 A 90 A 100 A

Power supply from the rail centre 1) 100 A 130 A 150 A 180 A1) Max. loading current in one direction must not be higher than max. loading current at power supply from the rail edge

S3L+N

L2 L3L1 N

S4L

L3L1 L2 N N N

S3L

L1 L2 L3

S2L

L2(N )

L1

S1L

L1

S3L-210FI

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2

S2L+N

L2L1 N N

Remove copper stripsDetermine necessary number of pins and cut

the busbar to length by hack saw

min. 4 mm

Perform cut by plate shearsas short to the pin as possible

Put the end cap on

Finish by file

n

Put the copper strips backinto the plastic case

3

4 6

1 2

5

Minia

B45



Dimensions

S1L-1000-16

57x 117.8 4

14

51.5

15

17

29

1.5

15

S2L-1000-16

28x 217.8 4

1016

1016

S3L-1000-16

19x 317.8 4

29

17

15

1.5

S3L-1000-10

19x 317.8 4

25

12

15

1

1016

1016

S1L-1000-10

57x 117.8 4 1

14

5 14

1016

1.5

20.5

30

17

S3L+N-1000-16S4L-1000-16

417.814x 4

1000

1.5

15

5 15

S1L-27-1000-16

27 437x 1

1016

20

5

2

18

S1L-27-1000-25

37x 127 6.5

29

17

15

1.5

S3L-27-1000-16

26.812x 3

4

43

18.3

27

2

S3L-27-1000-25

2712x 3 6.5

970

1002

S4L-27-1000-25

9x 427 6

42

24.6

2

27

1002

28.5

16

1(1.5)

4

S1L-210-10, S1L-210-16

216

417.8

15

17

1.5

28.5

S2L-210-10, S2L-210-16

210

417.8

S3L-106-10, S3L-106-10, S3L-210-10

15

14

1

25

106 (S3L-106-10)

160 (S3L-160-10)212 (S3L-210-10)

417.8

Minia

B46



S3L-106-16, S3L-106-16, S3L-210-16

417.8

S3L-210FI-16

ES-35-GS

17.7 26

33

19.2

17

16

1.5

27

106 (S3L-106-16)

160 (S3L-160-16)212 (S3L-210-16)

29

17

15

1.5

S2L+N+9-1000-16

22x 2 17.8 26.8 4

1001

S3L-210FI-10

210

417.8 1

28

9.5

15

35.6

210

417.8 1.5

30

11

18

35.6

29

17

15

1.5

S3L+9-1000-16

16x 3 17.8 26.8 4

1016

S3L+N+9-1000-16

1.5

20.5

30

17

22x 2 17.8 26.8 4

1000

611.5

2.5

15 17

20.5

15 17

20.5

2.547 7

7 6

24.5

13

17 23.5 8 24.5 17.5

27

23 32.5

38

23 32.5

38

4 410 10

AS-25-S N3x10-FH000AS-25-G

CS-FH000-...NP95 CS-FH000-3NV95

AS-50-AL01

Dimensions of terminal extensions

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS Minia

Minia

C

��Summary of models ................................................................................................................... C2

��Residual current circuit breakers LFE ............................................................................... C3

��Residual current circuit breakers LFN .............................................................................. C6

��Residual current circuit breakers LFN ............................................................................C10

��Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection OLE .............C17

��Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection OLI ..............C20

��Residual current monitor 5SV8 ..........................................................................................C27

��Basic terms, symbols and break times....................................................................... ...C28

Minia

C2

Residual current circuit breakers

SUMMARY OF MODELS

Type LFE LFN OFI OLE OLI 5SV8

Function Residual current circuit breaker Residual current circuit breaker with overcurrent protection

Residual current monitor

Conditional short-circuit current Inc 6 kA 10 kA 10 kA - -

Des

crip

tion

Intended for monitoring of leakage current (residual/ fault current) and fi re protection due to deterioration of isolation or sneak current for example.

Optional setting of residual current I

Δn and limiting

inactivity time IΔt

.

Breaking capacity Icn (EN 60898) - - - 6 kA 10 kA

Rated current In 16 ÷ 80 A 16 ÷ 80 A 25 ÷ 125 A 6 ÷ 40 A 6 ÷ 40 A

Rated residual current IΔn 10 ÷ 500 mA 10 ÷ 500 mA 30 ÷ 500 mA 30 mA 30, 300 mA

Rated voltage Ue AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230 V AC 230 V

Design AC and A 1) AC AC, A AC, A AC AC, A

Design G and S 2) - - G/S - G

Characteristics - - - B, C B, C

Number of poles 1N, 3N 1N, 3N 1N, 3N 1N 1N

1) Designs with various reaction to residual currents: AC reacts to sine-wave residual current, A reacts to sine-wave alternating and pulsating direct residual currents2) Design with time delay in switching off : G has time delay of 10 ms and S 40 ms. Design S is designed for selective tripping of residual current circuit breakers

Accessories

Auxiliary switches PS-LT PS-OF PS-LT-1100-K

Signal switches SS-LT - - -

Shunt trips SV-LT - - -

Shunt trips SP-LT - - -

Interconnecting busbars

S2L, S2L+N,

S3L+N,

S3L-…FI, S4L

S2L,

S2L+N,

S3L+N

Locking inserts OD-LT-VU02 -OD-LT-VU01,

OD-LT-VU02

Sealing insert - - - OD-LT-VP01

Minia

C3

LFE Residual current circuit breakers

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS LFE

��Residual current circuit breakers with conditional

short-circuit current 6 kA.

��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).

��For protection:

– against dangerous contact with live parts (IΔn

≤ 30 mA)

– against dangerous contact with dead parts

– against fi re or short-circuit in reduced insulation capacity

of electrical equipment (IΔn

≤ 300 mA)

��Mounting/dismantling on/from “U“ rails: The latches

enable very quick mounting and dismantling by

hand, without any tool needed.

��Operating ambient temperature is for all designs al-

ready from -25 °C to +45 °C.

��Equipped with device status indicator.

��Wide range of accessories - auxiliary and signal switches,

undervoltage releases and shunt trips, interconnecting

busbars etc.


��Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LTP,

LTS, LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars

up or down.

��N-pole of residual current circuit breakers in switching

on it closes before and in switching off it opens after

the other poles.

��Residual current circuit breaker are testing once per

6 months.

Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type AC


��Standard type for common use in building and housing

installations up to 40 A, AC 230 V.


installations up to 80 A, AC 230/400 V.

��Surge current resistance 250 A (8/20 μs).


6 000 -25

6 000 -25

IΔn

In Type Order Number Weight Package

[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]

10 16 LFE-16-2-010AC OEZ:42388 2 0.219 1

3025 LFE-25-2-030AC OEZ:42389 2 0.219 1

40 LFE-40-2-030AC OEZ:42390 2 0.240 1

10025 LFE-25-2-100AC OEZ:42391 2 0.219 1

40 LFE-40-2-100AC OEZ:42392 2 0.240 1

30025 LFE-25-2-300AC OEZ:42393 2 0.214 1

40 LFE-40-2-300AC OEZ:42394 2 0.212 1

IΔn



30

25 LFE-25-4-030AC OEZ:42395 4 0.389 1

40 LFE-40-4-030AC OEZ:42396 4 0.375 1

63 LFE-63-4-030AC OEZ:42397 4 0.425 1

80 LFE-80-4-030AC OEZ:42398 4 0.424 1

100

25 LFE-25-4-100AC OEZ:42399 4 0.375 1

40 LFE-40-4-100AC OEZ:42400 4 0.375 1

63 LFE-63-4-100AC OEZ:42401 4 0.425 1

300

25 LFE-25-4-300AC OEZ:42402 4 0.375 1

40 LFE-40-4-300AC OEZ:42403 4 0.375 1

63 LFE-63-4-300AC OEZ:42404 4 0.389 1

80 LFE-80-4-300AC OEZ:42405 4 0.410 1

50040 LFE-40-4-500AC OEZ:42406 4 0.375 1

63 LFE-63-4-500AC OEZ:42407 4 0.425 1

Accessories




Locking inserts OD-LT-VU02 page B35

Interconnecting busbars S2L, S2L+N, S3L+N, S3L-...FI-..1), S4L page B41

Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B431) For interconnection of the residual current circuit breaker with a series of circuit breakers where the series of circuit breakers needs

to start from N-pole of the residual current circuit breaker

Design In Rated residual current IΔn [mA]

[A] 10 30 100 300 500

2-pole 16 0.7 W/pole - - - -

25÷40 - 2.6 W/pole 1.5 W/pole 1.5 W/pole -

4-pole 25÷80 - 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole

Type LFE-..-2 LFE-..-4


EN 61008-2-1 EN 61008-2-1

EN 61543 EN 61543

Approval marks

Number of poles 2 4

Type AC AC

Rated current In 16, 25, 40 A 25, 40, 63, 80 A

Rated residual current IΔn 10, 30, 100, 300 mA 30, 100, 300, 500 mA

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230/400 V

Min. operating voltage (for test button function) Umin AC 195 V AC 195 V

Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250 V AC 250/440 V

Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz

Rated conditional short-circuit current Inc 6 kA (see table below) 6 kA (see table below)

Rated making and breaking capacity Im 500 A 800 A

Surge resistance 250 A 250 A

Mechanical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles

Electrical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles

Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35

Connection

Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2

Conductor - flexible 1) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2

Screw head type PZ2 PZ2

Torque 3 Nm 3 Nm

Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom




Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 28 operating cycles 28 operating cycles

(55 °C, 95 % relative air humidity) (55 °C, 95 % relative air humidity)1) For detailed connection of conductors see table on page C5

Minia

C4



Specifi cations

Protection of residual current circuit breakers

A) Short-circuit protection

In function principle, residual current circuit breaker is not possible to use for short-circuit

protection. For circuit protection it is necessary to use a fuse that cuts the short-circuited

circuit safely off . The residual current circuit breaker must only withstand the through-going

short-circuit current. The amplitude of the maximum through short-circuit current is defi ned

as rated conditional short-circuit current Inc

. The table below indicates the rated conditional

short-circuit current depending on the max. backup fuse.

Design In Max. backup Rated conditional short-circuit current

[A] fuse gG Inc [kA]

2-pole 16 ÷ 40 63 A 6 kA

4-pole25 ÷ 40 80 A 6 kA

63 ÷ 80 100 A 6 kA

Powers losses P

B) Protection against overload

Protection of the residual current circuit breakers against overload may be provided by fuses or

circuit breakers subject to following conditions:

- rated current of the fuse-link must be by one degree lower than rated current of the

residual current circuit breaker In of the fuse by one degree lower ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker

- rated current of the circuit breaker must be equal or lower than the rated current of the

residual current circuit breaker In of the circuit breaker ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker

Minia

C5



Connection range

Dimensions

Diagram

Connection

Connection range Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeve Conductor flexible without a sleeve 1)



1x conductor + 1x (10 ÷ 25) mm2 + interconnecting busbar 1x (6 ÷ 16) mm2 2) + interconnecting busbar -

interconnecting busbar pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2


1 N

2 N

5 N

6 N

3

4

1

2

LFE-..-4LFE-..- 2

35.8 71.6

68.1

6.2 43.9

64

9044.9

73.5LFE-..-4LFE-..- 2

5 N

6 N

3

4

1

2

L N

5 N

6 N

3

4

1

2

L3L2L1

5 N

6 N

3

4

1

2

NL3L2L1

1 N

2 N

Standard connection of 2-pole

residual current circuit breaker LFE


residual current circuit breaker LFE

4-pole residual current circuit breaker

LFE in 1-phase circuits with N-pole


LFE in 3-phase circuits without N-pole

NL



��PFor protection:


≤ 30 mA)


– against fi re or short-circuit in reduced insulation capacity

of electrical equipment

��Mounting/dismantling on/from “U“ rails: the latches enable

very quick mounting and dismantling by hand, without

any tool needed.

��Operating ambient temperature is for all designs

already from -25 °C to +45 °C.

��Equipped with device status indicator.

��Wide range of accessories - auxiliary and signal switch-

es, undervoltage releases and shunt trips, intercon-

necting busbars etc.

��Wide range of accessories - auxiliary and signal

switches, undervoltage releases and shunt trips,

interconnecting busbars etc.

��Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LTP, LTS,

LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars up or down.



the other poles.


6 months.





installations up to 63 A, AC 230 V.






10000 -25

10000 -25

Minia

C6

LFN Residual current circuit breakers

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS LFN

IΔn



10 16 LFN-16-2-010AC OEZ:42408 2 0.219 1

30

25 LFN-25-2-030AC OEZ:42409 2 0.219 1

40 LFN-40-2-030AC OEZ:42410 2 0.240 1

63 LFN-63-2-030AC OEZ:42411 2 0.215 1

100

25 LFN-25-2-100AC OEZ:42412 2 0.213 1

40 LFN-40-2-100AC OEZ:42413 2 0.215 1

63 LFN-63-2-100AC OEZ:42414 2 0.215 1

300

25 LFN-25-2-300AC OEZ:42415 2 0.214 1

40 LFN-40-2-300AC OEZ:42416 2 0.212 1

63 LFN-63-2-300AC OEZ:42417 2 0.215 1

IΔn



30

25 LFN-25-4-030AC OEZ:42418 4 0.389 1

40 LFN-40-4-030AC OEZ:42419 4 0.375 1

63 LFN-63-4-030AC OEZ:42420 4 0.425 1

80 LFN-80-4-030AC OEZ:42421 4 0.424 1

100

25 LFN-25-4-100AC OEZ:42422 4 0.375 1

40 LFN-40-4-100AC OEZ:42423 4 0.375 1

63 LFN-63-4-100AC OEZ:42424 4 0.392 1

300

25 LFN-25-4-300AC OEZ:42425 4 0.375 1

40 LFN-40-4-300AC OEZ:42426 4 0.375 1

63 LFN-63-4-300AC OEZ:42427 4 0.389 1

80 LFN-80-4-300AC OEZ:42428 4 0.410 1

50040 LFN-40-4-500AC OEZ:42429 4 0.375 1

63 LFN-63-4-500AC OEZ:42430 4 0.404 1

Accessories






Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B431) For interconnection of the residual current circuit breaker with a series of circuit breakers where the series of circuit breakers needs

to start from N-pole of the residual current circuit breaker

Minia

C7



Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type A


��They react to both sine-wave residual current and pul-

sating direct residual current (type A).

��Standard type for common use in building and indus-

trial installations up to 63 A, AC 230 V.



��Standard type for common use in building and indus-

trial installations up to 80 A, AC 230/400 V.

��Surge current resistance 1 kA (8/20 μs).


10000 -25

10000 -25

IΔn


[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs ]

10 16 LFN-16-2-010A OEZ:42441 2 0.235 1

30

25 LFN-25-2-030A OEZ:42442 2 0.221 1

40 LFN-40-2-030A OEZ:42443 2 0.226 1

63 LFN-63-2-030A OEZ:42444 2 0.218 1

100

25 LFN-25-2-100A OEZ:42445 2 0.221 1

40 LFN-40-2-100A OEZ:42446 2 0.22 1

63 LFN-63-2-100A OEZ:42447 2 0.218 1

300

25 LFN-25-2-300A OEZ:42448 2 0.214 1

40 LFN-40-2-300A OEZ:42449 2 0.212 1

63 LFN-63-2-300A OEZ:42450 2 0.227 1

IΔn

In Typ Order Number Weight Package


30

25 LFN-25-4-030A OEZ:42451 4 0.391 1

40 LFN-40-4-030A OEZ:42452 4 0.386 1

63 LFN-63-4-030A OEZ:42453 4 0.432 1

80 LFN-80-4-030A OEZ:42454 4 0.424 1

100

25 LFN-25-4-100A OEZ:42455 4 0.375 1

40 LFN-40-4-100A OEZ:42456 4 0.375 1

63 LFN-63-4-100A OEZ:42457 4 0.397 1

300

25 LFN-25-4-300A OEZ:42458 4 0.375 1

40 LFN-40-4-300A OEZ:42459 4 0.375 1

63 LFN-63-4-300A OEZ:42460 4 0.383 1

80 LFN-80-4-300A OEZ:42461 4 0.383 1

50040 LFN-40-4-500A OEZ:42462 4 0.375 1

63 LFN-63-4-500A OEZ:42463 4 0.381 1

Type LFN-..-2 LFN-..-4


EN 61008-2-1 EN 61008-2-1

EN 61543 EN 61543

Approval marks

Number of poles 2 4

Type AC, A AC, A

Rated current In 16, 25, 40, 63 A 25, 40, 63, 80 A

Rated residual current IΔn 10, 30, 100, 300 mA 30, 100, 300, 500 mA

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230/400 V

Min. operating voltage (for test button function) Umin AC 195 V AC 195 V

Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250 V AC 250/440 V


Rated conditional short-circuit current Inc 6 kA (see table below) 6 kA (see table below)

Rated making and breaking capacity Im 500 A, 800 A 800 A

Surge resistance type AC 250 A 250 A

type A 1 kA 1 kA

Mechanical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles

Electrical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles



Connection

Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2

Conductor - flexible 1) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2


Torque 3 Nm 3 Nm





Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 28 operating cycles 28 operating cycles

(55 °C, 95 % relative air humidity) (55 °C, 95 % relative air humidity)1) For detailed connection of conductors see table on page C9

Minia

C8



Specifi cations



2-pole16 ÷ 40 63 A 10 kA

63 80 A 10 kA

4-pole25 ÷ 40 80 A 10 kA

63 ÷ 80 100 A 10 kA


[A] 10 30 100 300 500

2-pole

16 0,7 W/pole - - - -

25÷40 - 2.6 W/pole 1.5 W/pole 1.5 W/pole -

63 - 5.3 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole -

4-pole 25÷80 - 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole




protection. For circuit protection it is necessary to use a fuse that cuts the short-circuited cir-

cuit safely off . The residual current circuit breaker must only withstand the through-going








- rated current of the fuse-link must be by one degree lower than rated current of the resi-

dual current circuit breaker In of the fuse by one degree lower ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker

- rated current of the circuit breaker must be equal or lower than the rated current of the re-

sidual current circuit breaker In of the circuit breaker ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker

Powers losses P

Minia

C9



Connection range

Dimensions

Diagram

Connection





interconnecting busbar pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2


1 N

2 N

5 N

6 N

3

4

1

2

LFN-..-4LFN-..- 2

35.8 71.6

68.1

6.2 43.9

64

9044.9

73.5LFN-..-4LFN-..-2

5 N

6 N

3

4

1

2

L N

5 N

6 N

3

4

1

2

L3L2L1

5 N

6 N

3

4

1

2

NL3L2L1

1 N

2 N


residual current circuit breaker LFN


residual current circuit breaker LFN


LFN in 1-phase circuits with N-pole

residual current circuit breaker 4-pole

LFN in 3-phase circuits without N-pole

NL

Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type A-G

��They react to both sine-wave residual current and

pulsating direct residual current (type A).


Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type AC-G





��Special residual current circuit breakers which reduce

the number of undesirable releases.

��Release delay: 10 ms.



≤ 30 mA)


– against fi re or short-circuit in reduced insulation

capacity of electrical equipment (IΔn

≤ 100 mA).

��Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switch

PS-OF-1100 on the right side of the device.


LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars only bottom.



the other poles.


6 months.

IΔn

In

Type Order Number Weight Package


3025 OFI-25-2-030AC-G OEZ:38437 2 0.280 1

40 OFI-40-2-030AC-G OEZ:38438 2 0.280 1

IΔn

In



30

25 OFI-25-4-030A-G OEZ:35292 4 0.520 1

40 OFI-40-4-030A-G OEZ:35294 4 0.520 1

63 OFI-63-4-030A-G OEZ:36839 4 0.520 1

100

25 OFI-25-4-100A-G OEZ:35293 4 0.520 1

40 OFI-40-4-100A-G OEZ:35295 4 0.520 1

63 OFI-63-4-100A-G OEZ:35296 4 0.520 1

Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type AC-G



IΔn

In



30

25 OFI-25-4-030AC-G OEZ:38439 4 0.520 1

40 OFI-40-4-030AC-G OEZ:38440 4 0.520 1

63 OFI-63-4-030AC-G OEZ:38441 4 0.520 1

100

25 OFI-25-4-100AC-G OEZ:38443 4 0.520 1

40 OFI-40-4-100AC-G OEZ:38444 4 0.520 1

63 OFI-63-4-100AC-G OEZ:38445 4 0.520 1

Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type A-G




IΔn

In



3025 OFI-25-2-030A-G OEZ:38447 2 0.280 1

40 OFI-40-2-030A-G OEZ:38448 2 0.280 1

Minia

C10

OFI Residual current circuit breakers

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI

Residual current circuit breakers, type AC-G, A-G

10000 -25G

10000 -25G

10000 -25G

10000 -25G




the number of undesirable releases and enable selec-

tive switching of residual current circuit breakers.




��It is recommended to install them before the equipment

causing short-time (up to 40 ms) stray currents

– heavy induction motors, large heating bodies, inter-

ference suppressors, surge voltage arresters etc.

IΔn

In



30040 OFI-40-4-300A-S OEZ:35297 4 0.520 1

63 OFI-63-4-300A-S OEZ:35298 4 0.520 1



capacity of electrical equipment.

��Use in building and industrial installations up to 63 A,

AC 230/400 V.


LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars only bottom.



the other poles.


6 months.


Minia

C11



10000 -25S






��Residual current circuit breakers with conditional short-

circuit current 10 kA.



≤ 30 mA)



capacity of electrical equipment.


PS-OF125-1100 on the right side of the device.


LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars up or down.



the other poles.


6 months.

Residual current circuit breakers 100, 125 A, type AC, A

10000

IΔn



30100 OFI-100-4-030AC OEZ:36819 4 0.520 1

125 OFI-125-4-030AC OEZ:36823 4 0.520 1

100100 OFI-100-4-100AC OEZ:36820 4 0.520 1

125 OFI-125-4-100AC OEZ:36824 4 0.520 1

300100 OFI-100-4-300AC OEZ:36821 4 0.520 1

125 OFI-125-4-300AC OEZ:36825 4 0.520 1

500100 OFI-100-4-500AC OEZ:36822 4 0.520 1

125 OFI-125-4-500AC OEZ:36826 4 0.520 1

Residual current circuit breakers, selective, type A-S

Minia

C12



AccessoriesAccessories PS-OF-1100, PS-OF125-1100 page C16


Terminal extension AS-25-G page B431) For interconnection of the residual current circuit breaker with a series of circuit breakers where the series of circuit breakers needs to

start from N-pole of the residual current circuit breaker

Type OFI-..-2-….-G OFI-..-4-....-G OFI-..-4-….-SOFI-100-4 OFI-125-4

Standards EN 61008 EN 61008 EN 61008 EN 61008

IEC 755 IEC 755 IEC 755 IEC 755

Approval marks

Number of poles 2 4 4 4

Type AC-G, A-G AC-G, A-G A-S AC, A

Rated current In 25, 40 A 25, 40, 63 A 40, 63 A 100, 125 A

Rated residual current IΔn 30 mA 30, 100 mA 300 mA 30, 100, 300, 500 mA

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V

Min. operating voltage (for test button function) Umin AC 100 V AC 100 V AC 100 V AC 100 V

Max. operating voltage Umax AC 240 V AC 240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC 240/415 V

Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Rated conditional short-circuit current Inc 10 kA (see table below) 10 kA (see table below) 10 kA (see table below) 10 kA (see table below)

Rated making and breaking capacity Im 500 A 800 A 800 A 1 250 A

Surge resistance (8/20 us) 3 kA 3 kA 5 kA 1 kA

Release delay 10 ms 10 ms 40 ms undelayed

Mechanical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles

Electrical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles

Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Connection

Conductor upper terminal 1 ÷ 16 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2

lower terminal 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2

Torque 3 Nm 3 Nm 3 Nm 3.5 Nm

Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom


Ambient temperature A -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C

AC -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C - -5 ÷ +45 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary

Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 1) IEC 980:1993 1) IEC 980:1993 1) IEC 980:1993 1)

1) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín

Specifi cations

SG G




��Standard type for common use in building and industrial



10000 -25

IΔn



30100 OFI-100-4-030A OEZ:36831 4 0.520 1

125 OFI-125-4-030A OEZ:36835 4 0.520 1

100100 OFI-100-4-100A OEZ:36832 4 0.520 1

125 OFI-125-4-100A OEZ:36836 4 0.520 1

300100 OFI-100-4-300A OEZ:36833 4 0.520 1

125 OFI-125-4-300A OEZ:36837 4 0.520 1

500100 OFI-100-4-500A OEZ:36834 4 0.520 1

125 OFI-125-4-500A OEZ:36838 4 0.520 1


[A] 30 100 300 500

2-pole25 2.0 W/pole - - -

40 4.0 W/pole - - -

4-pole

25 1.2 W/pole 1.2 W/pole - -

40 3.2 W/pole 3.2 W/pole 1.65 W/pole -

63 4.0 W/pole 4.0 W/pole 3.2 W/pole -

100÷125 8.9 W/pole 8.9 W/pole 8.9 W/pole 8.9 W/pole

Minia

C13



Powers losses P




protection. For circuit protection it is necessary to use a fuse that cuts the short-circuited

circuit safely off . The residual current circuit breaker must only withstand the through-going








- rated current of the fuse-link must be by one degree lower than rated current of the resi-

dual current circuit breaker In of the fuse by one degree lower ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker

- rated current of the circuit breaker must be equal or lower than the rated current of the re-

sidual current circuit breaker In of the circuit breaker ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker



2-pole 25 ÷ 40 63 A 10 kA

4-pole25 ÷ 63 100 A 10 kA

100 ÷ 125 125 A 10 kA

Minia

C14



Dimensions

Diagram

1

2 N

N 1

2

3

4

5

6 N

N

OFI-..-2 OFI-..-4

1

2

3

4

5

6 N

N

OFI-100/125

13.5

36 72

64

447

9045

11

OFI-..-2 OFI-..-4

72 44

64

6

71

45 87OFI-100/125

Minia

C15


PROUDOVÉ CHRÁNIČE OFI

1

2

3

4

5

6 N

N 1

2

3

4

5

6 N

N

NL L1 L2 L3

1

2

3

4

5

6 N

N

N


residual current circuit breaker

OFI 100, 125 A


100, 125 A in 1-phase circuits

with N-pole


100, 125 A in 3-phase circuits

without N-pole

L1 L2 L3

Connection

L

5

6 N

N

N


residual current circuit breaker OFI

L3

1

2

3

4

5

6 N

N 1

2

3

4

5

6 N

N

NL L 1 L2 L3

1

2

3

4

5

6 N

N

NL1 L2


residual current circuit breaker OFI


OFI in 1-phase circuits with N-pole


OFI in 3-phase circuits without N-pole

Accessories to Type Order Arrangement Number Weight Package

code of contacts 1) of modules [kg] [pcs]

OFI G and S PS-OF-1100 OEZ:35309 11 0.5 0.070 1

OFI 100, 125 A PS-OF125-1100 OEZ:36840 11 0.5 0.070 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

��Accessories only to residual current circuit breakers OFI.

��Installation on the right side of the residual current circuit

breaker.

��For signalling the position of contacts of residual current

circuit breakers OFI.

Minia

C16



Specifi cations

Type PS-OF-1100 PS-OF125-1100

Standards EN 62019 EN 62019

EN 60947-5-1

Approval marks

Arrangement of contacts 1) 11 11

Rated operating Ue/Ie AC-12 AC 230 V / 6 A AC 230 V / 5 A

voltage/current AC-14 AC 230 V / 3.6 A -

DC-12

DC 220 V / 1 A DC 220 V / 0.5 A

DC 110 V / 1 A DC 110 V / 0.5 A

DC 48 V / 1 A DC 48 V / 0.5 A

DC 24 V / 1 A DC 24 V / 0.5 A

Min. voltage/current AC 24 V / 50 mA AC 24 V / 50 mA

Short-circuit protection miniature circuit breaker 6 A,

characteristic B or C

miniature circuit breaker 6 A,

characteristic B or C

fuse 6 A gG fuse 6 A gG



Mounting on the right side of the device on the right side of the device

Connection

Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Conductor flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2





Working position arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Dimensions Diagram

9

9045

7

64

44

PS-OF-1100

13

21

14

22

11

23

24

12

9 436

60

45 87

PS-OF125-1100 PS-OF-1100

13

1422

21

PS-OF125-1100

11

1224

23

Auxiliary switches for residual current circuit breakers OFI

Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type AC


��The device is a combination of residual current circuit

breaker and circuit breaker.


��For building, housing and similar installations up to 16 A,

AC 230 V.



≤ 30 mA)


– against fi re

– against overload

– against short-circuit

��Tripping characteristics B, C according to EN 61009-1.

��Double terminal with a fi xed barrier in the middle ena-

bles comfort connection of conductors and intercon-

necting busbar from both sides of the device. It ena-

bles connection of:

– conductors of various cross sections



��Double terminal enables easy check of conductors at si-

multaneous connection of interconnecting busbar

- the interconnecting busbar does not cover the con-

ductor connecting place - see the LTN-UC terminal

on page B23.


PS-LT-1100-K on the right side of the device.


Accessories

Auxiliary switch PS-LT-1100-K page C25

Interconnecting busbars S2L, S2L+N, S3L+N page B41

Terminal extensions AS-50-S-AL01 page B43



6 0003

IΔn In Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package

[mA] [A] Type Order code Type Order

codeof modules [kg] [pcs]

30

6 OLE-6B-1N-030AC OEZ:38313 OLE-6C-1N-030AC OEZ:38320 2 0.25 1







Type OLE


Approval marks

Number of poles 2

Tripping characteristics B, C

Type AC


Rated residual current IΔn 30 mA

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V

Min. operating voltage 1) Umin AC 100 V

Max. operating voltage Umax AC 255 V

Rated frequency fn 50 ÷ 60 Hz

Surge resistance (8/20 μs) 1 kA

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Icn 6 kA

Rated residual making and breaking capacity IΔm 6 kA

Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) Uimp 6 kV




Degree of protection IP20

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35

Connection

Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 2)

Conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 2)

Torque 2.5÷ 3 Nm



Ambient temperature -5 ÷ 40 °C

Working position arbitrary1) For preserving the function of the test push-button2) For detailed connection of conductors see table on page C18

Specifi cations

Minia

C17

OLE Residual current circuit breakers

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLE

Minia

C18



Dimensions

36

90

44

64

70

7

73.3

9045

Diagram

1

2 N

N

Connection range

Type and cross-section of conductor for rear side of the terminal

Inte

rcon

nec

tin

g bu

sbar

0.75

÷ 1

0 m

m2

16 m

m2

25 m

m2

0.75

÷ 6

mm

2

1 ÷

6 m

m2

10 m

m2

16 m

m2

1 ÷

2.5

mm

2

4 m

m2

0.75

÷ 6

mm

2

10 m

m2

16 m

m2

0.75

÷ 2

.5 m

m2

4 m

m2

1x c

ondu

ctor

rig

id

2x c

ondu

ctor

ri

gid

,

1x c

ondu

ctor

fl

exib

le 1)

2x c

ondu

ctor

flex

ible

1)

1x c

ondu

ctor

flex

ible

wit

h

a sl

eeve

2x c

ondu

ctor

flex

ible

wit

h

a sl

eeve

Type

and

cro

ss-s

ectio

n of

con

duct

or

for f

ron

t si

de o

f the

term

inal

1x conductor rigid

0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �35 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2x conductor rigid 0.75 ÷ 10 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

1x conductor rigid 1)1 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2x conductor rigid 1) 1 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

1x conductor flexible with a sleeve0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2x conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �




Barrier



In L-pole N-pole Power loss L-pole N-pole Power loss

[A] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P [W/pole] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P [W/pole]

6 72.0 2.1 2.7 52.0 2.1 1.910 15.4 2.1 1.8 13.4 2.1 1.6

16 9.6 2.1 3.0 8.7 2.1 2.8

20 7.1 2.1 3.7 6.1 2.1 3.3

25 6.1 2.1 5.1 6.0 2.1 5.1

32 4.1 1.5 5.7 4.1 1.5 5.7

40 3.4 1.5 7.8 3.4 1.5 7.8

Internal impedance Z and powers losses P

In Correction of rated currents for ambient temperature -10 °C up to + 40 °C [A] 2)

[A] -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C

6 6.8 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.710 11.4 11.2 10.7 10.4 10 9.5

16 18.2 17.9 17.1 16.6 16 15.2

20 22.8 22.4 21.4 20.8 20 19.0

25 28.5 28.0 26.8 26.0 25 23.8

32 36.5 35.8 34.2 33.3 32 30.4

40 45.6 44.8 42.8 41.6 40 38.02) Reference temperature: 30 °C

Correction of rated currents

Minia

C19



Characteristics



.



.



B, C

Conventional non-tripping current Int for t ≥ 1 hr Int = 1.13 In

Conventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr It

= 1.45 In

Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s and In ≤ 32 A I3

= 2.55 In



B C

Current I4 for 0.1 s < t < 45 s (for In ≤ 32 A) I

4 = 3 In

0.1 s < t < 15 s (for In ≤ 32 A) I

4 = 5 In

Current I5 for t < 0,1 s I5

= 5 In I5

= 10 In

t - break time of the circuit breaker0.01

0.1

0.5

1

5

10

50

100

500

1 000

5 000

10 000

0.05

1 2 4 6 7 103 20 30 405 8 9

B

1.13

I n

1.45

I n

x ln

t[s

]v


1

2

5

30

120

10

60

min

1.5

C

Characteristics I2t

I [A]p

It

[As]

22

OLE-..C-..

10 A

16 A

20/25/32/40 A

6 A

100

400

600

8001 000

200

4 000

6 000

8 00010 000

2 000

40 000

60 000

80 000100000

20 000

100

080

0

600

400

200

200

0

400

0

600

0

100

I [A]p

It

[As]

22

OLE-..B-..

10 A

25/32/40A

16/20 A

6 A

100

400

600

8001 000

200

4 000

6 000

8 00010 000

2 000

40 000

60 000

80 000100000

20 000

100

080

0

600

400

200

200

0

400

0

600

0

100

IΔn

In

Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package

[mA] [A] Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]

30

6 OLI-6B-1N-030AC OEZ:38271 OLI-6C-1N-030AC OEZ:38278 2 0.25 1







300

6 - - OLI-6C-1N-300AC OEZ:38285 2 0.25 1

10 - - OLI-10C-1N-300AC OEZ:38286 2 0.25 1

16 - - OLI-16C-1N-300AC OEZ:38287 2 0.25 1

20 - - OLI-20C-1N-300AC OEZ:38288 2 0.25 1

25 - - OLI-25C-1N-300AC OEZ:38289 2 0.25 1

32 - - OLI-32C-1N-300AC OEZ:38290 2 0.25 1

40 - - OLI-40C-1N-300AC OEZ:38291 2 0.25 1

Minia

C20

OLI Residual current circuit breakers

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI

��The device is a combination of residual current circuit

breaker and circuit breaker.


��For building, commercial and industrial installations up

to 40 A, AC 230 V


– against dangerous contact with live parts (IΔn ≤ 30 mA)


– against fi re

– against overload

– against short-circuit

��Tripping characteristics B, C according to EN 61009-1.

��Double terminal with a fi xed barrier in the middle enables

comfort connection of conductors and interconnecting

busbar from both sides of the device. It enables connec-

tion of:

– conductors of various cross sections



��Double terminal enables easy check of conductors at simul-

taneous connection of interconnecting busbar - the inter-

connecting busbar does not cover the conductor connect-

ing place - see the LTN-UC terminal on page B23.

��Status indicator - signalization of on/off position


PS-LT-1100-K on the right side of the device.


IΔn

In



30

6 OLI-6B-1N-030A OEZ:38292 OLI-6C-1N-030A OEZ:38299 2 0.25 1







300

6 - - OLI-6C-1N-300A OEZ:38306 2 0.25 1

10 - - OLI-10C-1N-300A OEZ:38307 2 0.25 1

16 - - OLI-16C-1N-300A OEZ:38308 2 0.25 1

20 - - OLI-20C-1N-300A OEZ:38309 2 0.25 1

25 - - OLI-25C-1N-300A OEZ:38310 2 0.25 1

32 - - OLI-32C-1N-300A OEZ:38311 2 0.25 1

40 - - OLI-40C-1N-300A OEZ:38312 2 0.25 1

10 0003

-25

Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type AC


Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type A

��They react to both sine-wave residual current and pulsating direct residual current (type A).

10 0003

IΔn

In



30

10 OLI-10B-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38328 OLI-10C-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38333 2 0.25 1






the number of undesirable releases.

��It is recommended to install them before the equipment

causing short-time (up to 10 ms) stray currents – heavy

induction motors, large heating bodies, interference

suppressors, surge voltage arresters etc.

��Surge resistance: 3 kA (8/20 μs).


Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type AC-G

Příslušenství

Auxiliary switch PS-LT-1100-K page C25

Interconnecting busbars S2L, S2L+N, S3L+N page B41

Terminal extensions AS-50-AL01 page B43



10 0003

G-25

Minia

C21



Minia

C22



Specifi cations

Type OLI-..AC OLI-..A OLI-..AC-G

Standards EN 61009-1 EN 61009-1 EN 61009-1

Approval marks

Number of poles 2 2 2

Tripping characteristics B, C B, C B, C

Type AC A AC-G

Rated current In 6 ÷ 40 A 6 ÷ 40 A 10 ÷ 25 A

Rated residual current IΔn 30, 300 mA 30, 300 mA 30 mA

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V

Min. operating voltage 1) Umin AC 100 V AC 100 V AC 100 V

Max. operating voltage Umax AC 255 V AC 255 V AC 255 V

Rated frequency fn 50 ÷ 60 Hz 50 ÷ 60 Hz 50 ÷ 60 Hz

Surge resistance (8/20 μs) 1 kA 1 kA 3 kA

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Icn 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA

Rated residual making and breaking capacity IΔm 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA

Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) Uimp 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV

Release delay - - 10 ms

Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles

Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles

Energy limitation class 3 3 3

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Connection

Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 2) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 2) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 2)

Conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 2) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 2) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 2)

Torque 2.5 ÷ 3 Nm 2.5 ÷ 3 Nm 2.5 ÷ 3 Nm

Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom


Ambient temperature -5 ÷ 40 °C -25 ÷ 40 °C -25 ÷ 40 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) For preserving the function of the test push-button2) For detailed connection of conductors see table below

G

Connection range

Type and cross-section of conductor for rear side of the terminal

Inte

rcon

nec

tin

g bu

sbar

0.75

÷ 1

0 m

m2

16 m

m2

25 m

m2

0.75

÷ 6

mm

2

1 ÷

6 m

m2

10 m

m2

16 m

m2

1 ÷

2.5

mm

2

4 m

m2

0.75

÷ 6

mm

2

10 m

m2

16 m

m2

0.75

÷ 2

.5 m

m2

4 m

m2

1 x

con

duct

or

rigi

d

2 x

con

duct

or

rigi

d

1x c

ondu

ctor

fl

exib

le 1)

2x c

ondu

ctor

fl

exib

le 1)

1x c

ondu

ctor

flex

ible

wit

h

a sl

eeve

2x c

ondu

ctor

flex

ible

wit

h

a sl

eeve

Type

and

cro

ss-s

ectio

n of

con

duct

or

for f

ron

t si

de o

f the

term

inal

1x conductor rigid

0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �35 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2x conductor rigid 0.75 ÷ 10 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

1x conductor flexible 1)1 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2x conductor flexible 1) 1 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

1x conductor flexible with a sleeve0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2x conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �




Barrier


Minia

C23



Diagram

1

2 N

N

Dimensions

36

90

44

64

70

7

73.3

9045


In L-Pole N-Pole Power loss L-Pole N-Pole Power loss

[A] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P [W/pole] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P [W/pole]

6 72.0 2.1 2.7 52.0 2.1 1.910 15.4 2.1 1.8 13.4 2.1 1.6

16 9.6 2.1 3.0 8.7 2.1 2.8

20 7.1 2.1 3.7 6.1 2.1 3.3

25 6.1 2.1 5.1 6.0 2.1 5.1

32 4.1 1.5 5.7 4.1 1.5 5.7

40 3.4 1.5 7.8 3.4 1.5 7.8

Internal impedance Z and powers losses P

In Correction of rated currents for ambient temperature -25°C up to+ 40°C [A] 2)

[A] -25 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C

6 7.20 7.08 6.8 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.710 12.00 11.80 11.4 11.2 10.7 10.4 10 9.5

16 19.20 18.88 18.2 17.9 17.1 16.6 16 15.2

20 24.00 23.60 22.8 22.4 21.4 20.8 20 19.0

25 30.00 29.50 28.5 28.0 26.8 26.0 25 23.8

32 38.40 37.76 36.5 35.8 34.2 33.3 32 30.4

40 48.00 47.20 45.6 44.8 42.8 41.6 40 38.02) Reference temperature: 30°C

Correction of rated currents

Minia

C24



Characteristics



.



.



B, C

Conventional non-tripping current Int

for t ≥ 1 hr Int

= 1.13 In

Conventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr I

t = 1.45 I

n

Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s and I

n ≤ 32 A

I3

= 2.55 In 1 s < t < 120 s and I

n > 32 A



B C

Current I4 for 0.1 s < t < 45 s (for I

n ≤ 32 A)

I4

= 3 In 0.1 s < t < 90 s (for I

n > 32 A)

0.1 s < t < 15 s (for In

≤ 32 A)I

4 = 5 I

n0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In

> 32 A)

Current I5 for t < 0,1 s I

5 = 5 I

nI

5 = 10 I

n


Characteristics I2t

OLI-..B-..

I [A]p

It[A

s]2

2

20

30

4050

70

100

150

1 500

15 000

200

300

400500

700

1 000

2 000

5 000

7 000

3 000

4 000

10 000

20 000

30 000

40 00050 000

90 000

70 000

1000

1500

800

900

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

20000

6 A

10 A

25, 32, 40 A

16, 20 A

OLI-..C-..

I [A]p

It[A

s]2

2

20

30

4050

70

100

150

1 500

15 000

200

300

400500

700

1 000

2 000

5 000

7 000

3 000

4 000

10 000

20 000

30 000

40 00050 000

90 000

70 000

1000

1500

800

900

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

20000

6 A

10 A

25, 32, 40 A

16, 20 A

0.01

0.1

0.5

1

5

10

50

100

500

1 000

5 000

10 000

0.05

1 2 4 6 7 103 20 30 405 8 9

B

1.13

I n

1.45

I n

x ln

t[s

]v


1

2

5

30

120

10

60

min

1.5

C

Type PS-LT-..

Standards EN 60947-5-1, EN 62019

Approval marks

Arrangement of contacts 1) 11

Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-13AC 400 V/2 A

AC 230 V/6 A

AC-14AC 400 V/2 A

AC 230 V/6 A

DC-13

DC 220 V/1 A

DC 110 V/1 A

DC 60 V/3 A

DC 24 V/6 A



Mounting on the right side of the device


Connection

Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Conductor flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Torque 0.5 Nm




Working position arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

��Installation: on the right side of the residual current circuit

breaker with overcurrent protection.

��For signalling the position of contacts of residual

current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection.

Auxiliary switch

Specifi cations

Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package

of contacts code of modules [kg] [pcs]

111) PS-LT-1100-K OEZ:42305 0.5 0.065 1

1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Auxiliary switch with handle adapter

Minia

C25



Minia

C26



Diagram

13 21

14 22

PS-LT-1100-K

Dimensions

90

9 6

45 90

73,3

44

64

68,5

PS-LT-1100-K

Installation of an auxiliary switch

OLI, OLE

OLI, OLE

PS-LT-1100-K

PS-LT-1100-Kmax. 2x

OD-OL-NR01

12

4

5

5

5

5

5

3

3

PS-LT-1100-K

1. In mounting the levers of auxiliary switch and

of the device are in OFF position.

2. Slide the handle adapter on the control lever

of the device from the right.

3. Swing away the fastening tapes.

4. Slide the auxiliary switch on the device from the right

to interconnect the shaft of the control lever and

the switching system.

5. Secure the fastening tapes.

6. Check correct function by switching.


code [kg] [pcs]

5SV8700-0KK OEZ:42661Internal diameter 20 mm, including holder on „U“ rail

according to EN 60715 wide 35 mm 0.090 1

5SV8701-0KK OEZ:42662Internal diameter 30 mm, including holder on „U“ rail

according to EN 60715 wide 35 mm0.110 1

5SV8702-0KK OEZ:42663 Internal diameter 35 mm, including holder on the panel 0.200 1





Detailed information can be found on page E54

Type Order Description Number Weight Package

code of modules [kg] [pcs]

5SV8001-6KK OEZ:42659 Digital, setting IΔn and tΔn 3 0.260 1

5SV8200-6KK OEZ:42660Digital, setting IΔn and tΔn

4-channel thermostat 3 0.260 1

Detailed information can be found on page E51 and E52

��Intended for monitoring of leakage current (residual/ fault

current) and fi re protection due to deterioration of isola-

tion or sneak current for example.

��Optional setting of residual current IΔn and limiting in-

activity time IΔt .

��Mounting on “U” rail.

��Measuring using external summing current transformer.

��Circuit breaker tripping by shunt trip or undervoltage

release.

��Detailed information can be found on page E50.

Analog residual current monitor

Digital residual current monitor

Accessories to current transformers

Current transformers for residual current monitor

Minia

C27

5SV8 Residual current circuit breakers

RESIDUAL CURRENT MONITOR 5SV8



5SV8000-6KK OEZ:42658 Analog, setting IΔn and tΔn 2 0.180 1

Detailed information can be found on page E50


code [kg] [pcs]

5SV8 900-1KK OEZ:42668Holder on „U“ rail according to EN 60715 wide 35 mm for current transformers with internal

diameter up to and including 105 mm0.010 2

Minia

C28


BASIC TERMS, SYMBOLS AND BREAK TIMES

10 000

-25

G

S

load

I = 0.3 A Δ nS

I = 0.1 A Δn- I = 0.03 A Δ nG

load

Type of residual current circuit breakers

Standard type G type S

Min. time delay Tv s - 0.01 0.04

Break times t at IΔn s t ≤ 0,3 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.3 0.13 ≤ t ≤ 0.5

(according to EN 61008-1) at 2IΔn s t ≤ 0,15 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.15 0.06 ≤ t ≤ 0.2

at 5IΔn s t ≤ 0,04 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.04 0.05 ≤ t ≤ 0.15

at 500 A s t ≤ 0,04 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.04 0.04 ≤ t ≤ 0.15

note No bottom limits of the break time value 0.01 s is not given by standard Break times are valid for the residual current circuit breaker with In ≥ 25 A and IΔn > 0.03 A

Min. time delay and break times of the residual current circuit breakers

��Rated residual operating current IΔn is the value of

residual current IΔn specifi ed by the manufacturer, at

which the residual current circuit breaker must switch

out under specifi ed conditions. Alternating residual

current must by cut off by the residual current circuit

breaker within (0.5 ÷ 1) IΔn

��Rated current In is the value of current specifi ed by the

manufacturer, which can be transferred by the residual

current circuit breaker continuously. So the current In

can pass through the contacts for an unlimited time.

Therefore it is, for instance, possible to use a residual

current circuit breaker with In = 25 A A in the circuit with

max. current up to 25 A. For protection against overload

of the residual current circuit breakers LFE, LFN, OFI it is

recommended to use the circuit breakers LTE, LTN, LVN

with rated current In MCB

≤ In RCCB

��Rated operating voltage Ue is the voltage the residual

current circuit breaker is to be connected to and which

properties are related to. The connected voltage has no

eff ect on the device function but on the function of the

test circuit and isolation properties.

��Rated frequency fn

is the frequency the residual current

circuit breaker is designed for and at which it works

correctly under stated conditions. Majority of residual

current circuit breakers are designed for fn = 50 to

60 Hz. As the residual current circuit breaker function

is based on the induction principle, the residual current

behaviour and frequency show an eff ect upon tripping.

When using a device designed for 50/60 Hz in a network

with a diff erent frequency, the user must count on a

change of the tripping threshold i.e. a change of IΔn .

��Rated conditional short-circuit current Inc – short-circuit

strength. The function and design principle does not

allow to use the residual current circuit breaker for

protection against short-circuit. For circuit protection

it is necessary to use a circuit breaker or a fuse. These

elements cut the short-circuited circuit safely off . The

residual current circuit breaker must only withstand the

through-going short-circuit current. The amplitude of the

maximum through current is defi ned as rated conditional

short-circuit current Inc . The short-circuit strength is then

expressed by the current Inc . For example, on the rating

plate, Inc = 10 kA is expressed by the following symbol:

��Ambient temperature T for the residual current cir-

cuit breakers is (-5 ÷ +40) °C according to almost all

international standards. Some residual current circuit

breakers work in an extended range (-25 ÷ +40) °C.

This possibility is identifi ed by the following symbol on

the rating plate:

��Residual current circuit breaker – type AC – reacts to

sine-wave residual current – it is used in conventional

AC networks

��Residual current circuit breaker – type A – reacts

to sine-wave alternating and pulsating direct residual

currents – it is used in conventional AC networks and

the networks with phase power regulation etc.

��Residual current circuit breaker – type G – special

residual current circuit breaker reducing the number

of undesirable cut-off s. It is mainly installed before

the devices causing short-time (up to 10 ms) stray

currents.

Identifi cation: G

Surge resistance: 3 kA (8/20 μs)

Release delay: 10 ms

��Residual current circuit breaker – type S – special

residual current circuit breaker, which is mainly

intended for selective switching of residual current

circuit breakers and reduction of undesirable cut-

off s. It is installed before the devices causing short-

time (up to 40 ms) stray currents.

Identifi cation: S

Surge resistance: 5 kA (8/20 μs)

Release delay: 40 ms

Selective (discriminating) switching means that if

the residual current circuit breakers are connected in

series, only the device in which circuit a failure occurs

will cut off the current. More specifi cally, only the

device in which the tripping residual current appears

due to a failure in the protected circuit will turn off

the current. The advantage consists in maintaining the

power supply in the other circuits not aff ected by the

failure.

Such function of the protected circuit is achieved by

connection of the selective residual current circuit breaker

(see Fig. 1) before the standard or G type residual current

circuit breaker, with the following ratio of rated residual

currents:

IΔn S ≥ 3 x IΔn -,G

IΔnS rated residual operating current of the selective

residual current circuit breaker

IΔn -,G rated residual operating current of standard or G

type residual current circuit breaker

Fig. 1. Simplifi ed example of selective connection

of residual current circuit breakers

The main reason of selective disconnecting of circuits

is higher time delay of the selective residual current

circuit breakers in tripping (compared to standard or G

type ones).

��Residual current circuit breaker with overcurrent

protection – the device is a combination of residual

current circuit breaker and circuit breaker with 2-mod-

ule width – it saves the space in the switchboard

compared to conventional connection of two separate

devices (3 modules). This eliminates the problem of

backup protection and interconnection. The disadvan-

tage of such a design compared to conventional one is

that it is not possible to identify whether the tripping

was actuated by the residual current circuit breaker or

by the circuit breaker.

Minia

C29


BASIC TERMS, SYMBOLS AND BREAK TIMES

100

1 000

1010

40

150150

40

10 1010

300

130

60 50

500

200150

1

S Selective (inactivity time min. 40 ms)

G with delay (inactivity time min. 10 ms)

Standard (undelayed)

Break tim

e [ms]

10 100 5001

Residual current IΔ [A]

0,5

0,2

0,1

0,06

0,03

0,015

0,15

IΔn 2IΔn 5IΔn

IΔn 2IΔn 5IΔn

S

GIΔn

= 30 mAValid for:

IΔn

= 100 mA

Examples of characteristicsThe characteristics indicated below are based on requirements of EN 61 008-1 and valid for:

– standard residual current circuit breakers and residual current circuit breakers with G type delay with IΔn

= 30 mA

– residual current circuit breakers with S type delay with IΔn

= 100 mA

Minia

C30


NOTES

OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS Minia

Minia

D

��Summary of models ...................................................................................................................D2

��Lightning current arresters SJB ...........................................................................................D3

��Combined lightning current and surge voltage arresters SJBC, SVBC ...........D8

��Surge voltage arresters SVC, SVM.....................................................................................D14

��Surge voltage arresters SVD ................................................................................................D18

��Overvoltage protections for photovoltaic systems ............................................... D21

��Recommendations for design, installation and measurement

of overvoltage protections ....................................................................................................D25

Design T2 T3 T1 + T2 DC T2 DC

Type SVC-350 SVM-440 SVD-253 SVD-335 SVBC-DC SVC-DCArrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11

type 2 type 2 type 3 type 3 type 1 + type 2 type 2

Maximum constant operating voltage Uc

AC 350 V AC 440 V AC 253 V AC 335 V DC 1050 V DC 1170 V

Impulse current (10/350 μs) / pole Iimp

- - - - 5 kA -

Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole In

20 kA 20 kA 3 kA 1.5 kA 15 kA 15 kA

Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole

Imax

40 kA 40 kA 10 kA 4.5 kA 40 kA 40 kA

Off -load voltage Uoc

- - 6 kV 4 kV - -

Voltage protection level Up

≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.2 kV ≤ 1.1 kV ≤ 1.3 kV ≤ 3.5 kV ≤ 3.7 kV

Replaceable module � � � - � �

Optical signalling � � � - � �

Acoustic signalling - - - � - -

Remote signalling � � � - � �

� available, - unavailable

Minia

D2

Overvoltage protections

SUMMARY OF MODELS

Design T1 T1 + T2

Type SJB SJBplus SJBC SVBCArrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11

type 1 type 1 type 1 + type 2 type 1 + type 2

Maximum constant operating voltage Uc

AC 350 V AC 440 V AC 350 V AC 335 V

Impulse current (10/350 μs) / pole Iimp

25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 12.5 kA

Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole In

25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 12.5 kA

Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole

Imax

- - 40 kA 50 kA

Voltage protection level Up

≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.2 kV

Replaceable module � - � �

Optical signalling � - � �

Remote signalling � - � �

� available, - unavailable

Minia

D3


LIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS SJB

��For protection of electric networks and equipment against

overvoltage from direct or indirect lightning strokes in

the arresting equipment of buildings, LV lines etc.

��For protection of electric networks and equipment in

residential, commercial and industrial buildings etc.

��It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wave

power caused by direct or indirect lightning stroke.

��Use: as the fi rst stage (coarse protection) in three degree

scale of protection against overvoltage – type 1 accord-

ing to EN 61643-11.

��For detail information on OEZ overvoltage protection see

the document “Overvoltage protections - Application

manual”.

Lightning current arresters SJB-25E-…

��Lightning current arresters designed for building,

residential, commercial and other similar installations

classed in group „big installation threat“.

��For four-wire TN-C network use SJB-25E-3-MZS and for

fi ve-wire TN-S, TT network use SJB-25E-3N-MZS.

��Main component is a powerful arrester gap with

electronic ignition release able to arrest lightning

current up to 25 kA (10/350μs).

��Ability of quenching of follow current up to 50 kA.

��Possibility of mounting in casual empty enclosures and

switchboard cabinets Distri.

��Design: multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable

modules. The modules can be removed in case

of measurement or failure without necessity of device

disconnection.

��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device

state (after disconnection the lightning current

arrester is non-functional and the replaceable

module must be replaced).

��The modules can be turned in their base by 180°, so

that it is also possible to turn the whole device while

keeping legibility of description (e.g. at connection

from the top).

Network Type Order Number Weight Package


TN-C (3L + PEN) SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 6 0.91 1TN-S (3L + N + PE ) SJB-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38358 8 1.31 1

Replaceable modules

For device Spare Order Number of modules Weight Package

module code in the device [kg] [pcs]

SJB-25E-3-MZS SJB-25E-1-M OEZ:38360 3 0.240 10

SJB-25E-3N-MZSSJB-25E-1-M OEZ:38360 3 0.240 10SJB-100E-N-M OEZ:38359 1 0.240 10

Minia

D4



Lightning current arresters SJBplus-50-2,5

��Lightning current arrester intended for demanding

applications, industry, power engineering etc.

��For four-wire TN-C network use 3 pcs SJBplus-50-2,5 and

for fi ve-wire TN-S, TT network use the combination

3 pcs SJBplus-50-2,5 + 1 pc SJB-NPE-1,5.



current up to 50 kA (10/350 μs).

��Ability of quenching of follow current up to 50 kA.

��It is necessary to consider deionization space shown

on page D7.

Summing spark gap SJB-NPE-1,5

��Lightning current arrester intended especially for

connection 3+1 or 1+1.

��Use as a summary spark gap between N and PE in TN-S

or TT network (connection „3 + 1“ or „1 + 1“).




��Ability of quenching of follow short-circuit current up

to 100 A without the ionized gas.

��Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board and


Connection Type Order Number Weight Package

between code of modules [kg] [pcs]

L-PEN, L-PE, L-N SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 2 0.567 1

Connection Type Order Number Weight Package

between code of modules [kg] [pcs]

N-PE SJB-NPE-1,5 OEZ:34716 2 0.32 1

Type SJB-25E-3-MZS SJB-25E-3N-MZS SJBplus-50-2,5 SJB-NPE-1,5

Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11

IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11

Approval marks

Rated voltage UN AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 400 V AC 230 V

Maximum constant operating voltage UC L-N - AC 350 V AC 440 V -

L-PEN AC 350 V - AC 440 V -

N-PE - AC 350 V - AC 260 V

Impulse current (10/350 μs) Iimp peak value Ipeak L-N - 75 kA (25 kA / pole) 50 kA -

L-PEN 75 kA (25 kA / pole) - 50kA -

N-PE - 100 kA - 100 kA

charge Q 37,5 As 50 As 25 As 50 As

specific energy W/R 1.4 MJ/Ω 2.50 MJ/Ω 0.625 MJ/Ω 2.5 MJ/Ω

Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In L-N - 25 kA / pole 50 kA -

L-PEN 25 kA / pole - 50 kA -

N-PE - 100 kA - 100 kA


Voltage protection level Up L-N - ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.5 kV -

L-PEN/L-PE ≤ 1.5 kV / - - / 2.5 kV ≤ 2.5 kV -

N-PE - ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 1.5 kV

Voltage protection level according to EN 61643-11 type 1 type 1 type 1 type 1

according to EN 61643-11 class I class I class I class I

Response time L-N - ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 ns -

L-PEN ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 ns -

N-PE - ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 ns

Quenching follow-current Ifi L-N - 50 kA / AC 264 V 50 kA / AC 400 V -

L-PEN 50 kA / AC 264 V - 50 kA / AC 400 V -

N-PE - 0.1 kA - 0.1 kA / AC 260 V

Maximum backup fuse gG/gL parallel connection (T) 315 A 315 A 500 A -

serial connection (V) 125 A 125 A 500 A -

Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Connection

Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 2.5 ÷ 35 mm2 2.5 ÷ 35 mm2 10 ÷ 50 mm2 10÷ 50 mm2

Conductor – flexible 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2 16 ÷ 35 mm2 16 ÷ 35 mm2

Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 8 Nm 8 Nm

Top or bottom connection yes yes yes yes

Optical signalling

Functional state green green - -

Non-functional state red red - -

Remote signalling

Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 - -

Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1 A AC 250 V / 1 A - -

DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A - -

Min. voltage/current Umin/Imin AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA - -

Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1,5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1,5 mm2 - -

Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm - -


Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.

Minia

D5



Specifi cations

Minia

D6



Dimensions

43.55.5

64

45 90

142.4

SJB-25E-3N-MZS

106.8

SJB-25E-3-MZS~8

~7

12

11

14

12

11

14

35

45 90

58

5,5 43,5

SJB-NPE-1,5

35 5.5 43.5

72.5

45 151

SJBplus-50-2,5

Minia

D7



Diagram

By the action of arrester happens to the ionized gas from

the back side of the arrester. Deionization space is defi ned

in fi g. 1. In the deionization space there must not be any

highly and medium combustible material (fi re reaction

class C, D, E or F according to EN 13501-1 +A1) or live bare

conductive parts. Minimum distance from materials com-

bustible with diffi culty or non-combustible materials (fi re

reaction class A1, A2, B) is shown in fi g. 2.

55 mm 55 mm

55 mm55 mm

100 mm

120°

7.5 mm

55 m

m55

mm

1) 2)

N ( )

(N)

SJB-NPE-1,5

L/N ( )

(L/N)

SJBplus-50-2,5

Deionization spaces SJBplus-50-2,5

N

L1 L2 L3

SJB-25E-3N-MZS

L1 L2 L3

SJB-25E-3-MZS

1112 14 1112 14

Minia

D8


COMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SJBC, SVBC +

��For protection of electric networks and equipment

against overvoltage from direct or indirect lightning

strokes in the arresting equipment of buildings,

LV lines etc.

��For protection against overvoltage caused by atmos-

pheric disturbances and from switching processes in

networks.

��For protection of common wiring in apartments, hous-

es, commercial buildings etc.


power caused by direct or indirect lightning stroke

and/or switching processes in the networks.

��Use: as the fi rst stage (coarse protection) and the

second stage (medium protection) in three degree

scale of protection against overvoltage – type 1 and

type 2 according to EN 61643-11.

��For detail information on OEZ overvoltage protection see

the document “Overvoltage protections - Application

manual”.

��Lightning current and surge voltage arresters designed

for building, residential, commercial and other similar

installations classed in group „big installation thread“.

��For four-wire TN-C network use SJBC-25E-3-MZS and

for fi ve-wire TN-S, TT network use SJBC-25E-3N-MZS.

��Main component is a powerful arrester gap with elec-

tronic ignition release (T1) able to arrest lightning

current up to 25 kA (10/350 μs) a parallel varistor (T2)

with quicker reaction time (25 ns).

��Ability of quenching of follow short-circuit current up

to 25 A without the ionized gas.



��Design: multipart, consisting of a base and replace-

able modules. The modules can be removed in case

of measurement or failure without necessity of device

disconnection.


state (after disconnection the lightning current arrester

is non-functional and the replaceable module must be

replaced).

��The modules can be turned in their base by 180°, so that it

is also possible to turn the whole device while keeping

legibility of description (e.g. at connection from the top).

Network Type Order Number Weight Package


TN-C (3L + PEN) SJBC-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38361 6 1.04 1

TN-S (3L + N + PE) SJBC-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38362 8 1.43 1

For device Spare module Order Number of modules Weight Package

code in the device [kg] [pcs]

SJBC-25E-3-MZSSJB-N25E-1-M OEZ:38363 3 0.129 10

SVC-N350-1-M OEZ:38364 3 0.052 10

SJBC-25E-3N-MZS

SJB-N25E-1-M OEZ:38363 3 0.129 10

SVC-N350-1-M OEZ:38364 3 0.052 10

SJB-100E-N-M OEZ:38359 1 0.240 10

Replaceable modules

Lightning current and surge voltage arresters SJBC-25E-…

Minia

D9



��Lightning current arresters designed for building,

residential, commercial and other similar installations

classed in group „medium installation threat“.

��Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightning

current up to 12.5 kA (10/350 μs).



��Design: multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable

modules. The modules can be disconnected from

equipment if need be.


state (after disconnection the lightning current arres-

ter is non-functional and it must be replaced).

Network Design Type Order Number Weight Package


TN-C (3L+PEN)

without remote signalling SVBC-12,5-3-MZ OEZ:40619 3 0.553 1

with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-3-MZS OEZ:40620 3 0.560 1

TN-S, TT (3L+N+PE)

without remote signalling SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ OEZ:40621 4 0.672 1

with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-3N-MZS OEZ:40622 4 0.681 1

TN-S (3L+N+PE)


with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-4-MZS OEZ:40624 4 0.753 1

TN-C (1L+PEN)


TN-S, TT(1L+N+PE)

with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-1N-MZS OEZ:40618 2 0.360 1

Lightning current and surge voltage arresters SVBC-12,5-..

Replaceable modules



SVBC-12,5-1-MZ SVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 1 0,114 1

SVBC-12,5-1N-MZSSVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 1 0,114 1

SVBC-50-N-M OEZ:40626 1 0,078 1

SVBC-12,5-3-MZ(S) SVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 3 0,114 1

SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ(S)SVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 3 0,114 1

SVBC-50-N-M OEZ:40626 1 0,078 1

SVBC-12,5-4-MZ(S) SVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 4 0,114 1

Type SJBC-25E-3-MZS SJBC-25E-3N-MZS

Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11

IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11

Approval marks

Rated voltage UN AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V

Maximum constant operating voltage UC L-N - AC 350 V

L-PEN AC 350 V -

N-PE - AC 350 V

Impulse current (10/350 μs) Iimp

peak value Ipeak

L-N - 75 kA (25 kA / pole)

L-PEN 75 kA (25 kA / pole) -

N-PE - 100 kA

charge Q 37.5 As 50 As

specific energy W/R 1.4 MJ/Ω 2.5 MJ/Ω

Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In L-N - 25 kA / pole

L-PEN 25 kA / pole -

N-PE - 100 kA

Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax L-N - 40 kA / pole

L-PEN 40 kA / pole -

N-PE - -


Voltage protection level Up L-N - ≤ 1.5 kV

L-PEN/L-PE ≤ 1.5 kV / - - / 2.2 kV

N-PE - ≤ 1.5 kV

Arrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11 type 1 and type 2 type 1 a type 2

according to IEC 61643-11 class I and class II class I and class II

Response time L-N - ≤ 25 ns

L-PEN ≤ 25 ns -

N-PE - ≤ 100 ns

Quenching follow-current Ifi L-N - 25 kA / AC 264 V

L-PEN 25 kA / AC 264 V -

N-PE - 0.1 kA

Maximum backup fuse gG/gL parallel connection (T) 315 A 315 A

serial connection (V) 125 A 125 A



Connection

Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 2.5 ÷ 35 mm2 2.5 ÷ 35 mm2

Conductor – flexible 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2


Top or bottom connection yes yes

Optical signalling

Functional state green green

Non-functional state red red

Remote signalling


Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1 A AC 250 V / 1 A

DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A

Min. voltage/current Umin/Imin AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA

Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2



Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.

Minia

D10



Specifi cations

TypeSVBC-12,5-3-MZSVBC-12,5-3-MZS

SVBC-12,5-3N-MZSVBC-12,5-3N-MZS

SVBC-12,5-4-MZSVBC-12,5-4-MZS

SVBC-12,5-1-MZ SVBC-12,5-1N-MZS

Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11

IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1

Approval marks

Rated voltage UN AC 230 /400 V AC 230 /400 V AC 230 /400 V AC 230 V AC 230 V

Maximum constant operating UC L-N - / - AC 335 V - - AC 335 V

voltage L-PE/L-PEN - / AC 335 V - / - AC 335 V / - - / AC 335 V - / -

N-PE - AC 264 V AC 335 V - AC 264 V

Impulse current Iimp

peak value Ipeak

L-N - 37.5 kA (12.5 kA / pole) - - 12.5 kA

L-PE/L-PEN - / 37.5 kA (12.5 kA / pole) - / - 37.5 kA (12.5 kA / pole) / - - / 12.5 kA - / -

N-PE - 50 kA 12.5 kA - 50 kA

charge Q 18.75 As 25 As 25 As 6.25 As 12.5 As

specific energy W/R 352 kJ/Ω 625 kJ/Ω 625 kJ/Ω 39 kJ/Ω 160 kJ/Ω

Rated discharge current

(8/20 μs

In L-N - 12.5 kA / pole - - 12.5 kA

L-PE/L-PEN - / 12.5 kA / pole - / - 12.5 kA / pole/ - - /12.5 kA - / -

N-PE - 50 kA 12.5 kA - 50 kA

Maximum discharge current

(8/20 μs)

Imax L-N - 50 kA / pole - - 50 kA

L-PE/L-PEN - / 50 kA / pole - / - 50 kA /pole/ - - / 50 kA -

N-PE - 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA

Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Voltage protection level Up L-N - ≤ 1.2 kV - - ≤ 1.2 kV

L-PE/L-PEN - / ≤ 1.2 kV ≤ 2 kV / - ≤ 1.2 kV - / ≤ 1.2 kV ≤ 2 kV / -

N-PE - ≤ 1.7 kV ≤ 1.2 kV - ≤ 1.7 kV

Arrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2

according to IEC 61643-11 class I and class II class I and class II class I and class II class I and class II class I and class II

Response time L-N - ≤ 25 ns - - ≤ 25 ns

L-PE/L-PEN - / ≤ 25 ns - / - ≤ 25 ns / - - / ≤ 25 ns - / -

N-PE - ≤ 100 ns ≤ 25 ns - ≤ 100 ns

Maximum backup fuse gG/gL parallel connection (T) 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 A

serial connection (V) 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A

Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Connection

Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2

Conductor – flexible 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2

Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm

Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom only bottom top/bottom only bottom

Optical signalling

Functional state green green green green green

Non-functional state red red red red red

Remote signalling

Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 001 001 001

Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A

DC 30 V / 1.5 A DC 30 V / 1.5 A DC 30 V / 1.5 A DC 30 V / 1.5 A DC 30 V / 1.5 A

Min. voltage/current Umin/Imin AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA

Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2

Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm


Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.

Minia

D11



Specifi cations

9045

44

70.2

5.5

11.1

7.4

70

14

11

12

52.5

14

11

12

17.5 35

14

11

12

Minia

D12


Dimensions

43.55.5

64

45 90

142.4

SJBC-25E-3N-MZS

106.8

SJBC-25E-3-MZS~8

~7

12

11

14

12

11

14

SVBC-12,5-1-MZ SVBC-12,5-1N-MZSSVBC-12,5-3-MZ(S) SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ(S)SVBC-12,5-4-MZ(S)

Diagram

SJBC-25E-3-MZS

L3L2L1

N

SJBC-25E-3N-MZS

L3L2L1

1112 141112 14


Minia

D13


SVBC-12,5-3-MZ SVBC-12,5-3-MZS

L1 L2 L3

1112 14

L1 L2 L3

SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ

SVBC-12,5-3N-MZS

L1 L2 L3 N

1112 14

L1 L2 L3 N

SVBC-12,5-4-MZ SVBC-12,5-4-MZS

L1 L2 L3 N

1112 14

L1 L2 L3 N


SVBC-12,5-1-MZ

(L)

L ( )

L N

SVBC-12,5-1N-MZS

1112 14

Diagram

Network Design Type Order Number Weight Package


TN-C

(3L+PEN)

without remote signalling SVC-350-3-MZ OEZ:38365 3 0.393 1

with remote signalling SVC-350-3-MZS OEZ:38366 3 0.403 1

TN-S, TT

(3L+N+PE)

without remote signalling SVC-350-3N-MZ OEZ:38367 4 0.433 1

with remote signalling SVC-350-3N-MZS OEZ:38368 4 0.433 1

TN-S

(3L+N+PE)



TN-C

(1L+PEN)



TN-S, TT

(1L+N+PE)

without remote signalling SVC-350-1N-MZ OEZ:42380 2 0.231 1

with remote signalling SVC-350-1N-MZS OEZ:42381 2 0.232 1

Minia

D14


SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVC, SVM


against overvoltage from indirect lightning strokes.

��For protection against overvoltage caused by atmospheric

disturbances and from switching processes in networks.

��For protection of common wiring in apartments,

commercial buildings etc.

��Surge voltage arresters designed for building, residen-

tial, commercial and similar installations classed in

group „low installation threat“.






power caused by indirect lightning stroke and/or

switching processes in the networks.

��Use: as the second stage (medium protection) in three

degree scale of protection against overvoltage – type 2

according to EN 61643-11.

��Design multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable

modules with a varistor.

��In case of a failure it is suffi cient to replace the module by

a new one without the need of turning the device off .

��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device state

(after disconnection the surge voltage arrester is non-func-

tional and the replaceable module must be replaced).

��Remote signalling of state is provided in type

SVC-...-..-MZS.

Surge voltage arresters SVC with removable module

Replaceable modules



SVC-350-1-MZ(S) SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 1 0.051 10

SVC-350-1N-MZ(S)SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 1 0.051 10

SVC-264-N-M OEZ:38370 1 0.04 10

SVC-350-3-MZ(S) SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 3 0.051 10

SVC-350-3N-MZ(S)SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 3 0.051 10

SVC-264-N-M OEZ:38370 1 0.04 10

SVC-350-4-MZ(S) SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 4 0.051 10

��Surge voltage arresters intended for demanding

applications, industry, power engineering etc.

��Use mainly in combination with SJBplus-50-2,5, if the

length of the line between T1 and T2 is shorter than 5 m.





��Design two-part device consisting of a base and

replaceable module with a varistor. In case of a failure

it is suffi cient to replace the module by a new one

without the need of turning the device off .


state (after disconnection the lightning current

arrester is non-functional and the replaceable

module must be replaced).

��Remote signalling of state is provided in type ...-ZS.

Design Type Order Number Weight Package


without remote signalling SVM-440-Z OEZ:34720 1 0.136 1

with remote signalling SVM-440-ZS OEZ:34721 1 0.143 1

Minia

D15



Replaceable modules



SVM-440-Z SVM-440 OEZ:34722 1 0.049 10

SVM-440-ZS SVM-440 OEZ:34722 1 0.049 10

Overvoltage protections SVM with removable module

TypeSVC-350-3-MZSVC-350-3-MZS

SVC-350-3N-MZSVC-350-3N-MZS

SVC-350-4-MZSVC-350-4-MZS

SVC-350-1-MZSVC-350-1-MZS

SVC-350-1N-MZSVC-350-1N-MZS

SVM-440-ZSVM-440-ZS

Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11

IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11

Approval marks

Rated voltage UN AC 230 V/400 V AC 230 V/400 V AC 230 V/400 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 440 V

Maximum constant operating voltage UC L-N - AC 350 V - - AC 350 V AC 440 V / DC 585 V

L-PE/L-PEN - / AC 350 V - / - AC 350 V / - - / AC 350 V - / - - / AC 440 V / DC 585 V

N-PE - AC 260 V AC 350 V - AC 260 V AC 335 V

Rated discharge current In L-N - 20 kA / pole - - 20 kA 20 kA

(8/20 μs) L-PE/L-PEN - / 20 kA / pole - / - 20 kA / pole/ - - / 20 kA - / - - / 20 kA

N-PE - 20 kA 20 kA / pole - 20 kA -

Max. discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax L-N - 40 kA / pole - - 40 kA 40 kA

L-PE/L-PEN - / 40 kA / pole - / - 40 kA / pole / - - / 40 kA - / - - / 40 kA

N-PE - 40 kA 40 kA / pole - 40 kA -

Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Voltage protection level Up L-N - ≤ 1.8 kV - - ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.2 kV

L-PE/L-PEN - / ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.9 kV / - ≤ 1.5 kV / - - / ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.8 kV / - - / ≤ 2.2 kV

N-PE - ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 1.5 kV -

Arrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2

according to IEC 61643-11 class II class II class II class II class II class II

Response time L-N - ≤ 25 ns - - ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns

L-PE/L-PEN - / ≤ 25 ns - / - ≤ 25 ns / - - / ≤ 25 ns - / - - / ≤ 25 ns

N-PE - ≤ 100 ns ≤ 25 ns - ≤ 100 ns -

Maximum backup fuse gG/gL parallel connection (T) 125 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 125 A

serial connection (V) 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A

Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Connection

Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 0.5 ÷ 35 mm2

Conductor – flexible 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 0.5 ÷ 25 mm2

Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm

Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom only bottom top/bottom only bottom top/bottom

Optical signalling

Functional state transparent transparent transparent transparent transparent transparent

Non-functional state red red red red red red

Remote signalling

Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 001 001 001 001

Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 0.75 A AC 250 V / 0.75 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 0.75 A AC 250 V / 1 A

DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A DC 125 V / 0.2 A

Min. switched power AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA

Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2



Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.

Minia

D16



Specifi cations

9

5.5 43.5

64

45

35

141112

SVC-350-1N-MZ(S)

17.5

14

11

12

SVC-350-1-MZ(S)

52.5

14

11

12

SVC-350-3-MZ(S)

70

14

11

12

SVC-350-3N-MZ(S)SVC-350-4-MZ(S)

90

L1 L2 L3 N

SVC-350-3N-MZS

1112 14

L1 L2 L3 N

SVC-350-3N-MZ

SVC-350-3-MZ

L1 L2 L3

SVC-350-3-MZS

1112 14

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 N

SVC-350-4-MZS

1112 14

L1 L2 L3 N

SVC-350-4-MZ

L N

SVC-350-1N-MZS

L N

SVC-350-1N-MZ

1112 14

17.5

12

11

14

9045

58

5.5

~8

43.5

~7

SVM-...

L ( )

SVC-350-1-MZ

( ) L

L ( )

SVC-350-1-MZS

( ) L1112 14

SVM-440-ZSSVM-440-Z

L/N ( ) 1112 14

(L/ )N

L/N ( )

(L/ )N

Diagram

Minia

D17



Dimensions

Minia

D18


SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVD





networks.

��For protection of common wiring in apartments, hous-

es, commercial buildings etc.




��Use: as the third stage (fi ne protection) in three degree

scale of protection against overvoltage – type 3 accord-

ing to EN 61643-11.

��For further information on OEZ off er of overvoltage pro-

tection see „Overvoltage protections – Application

manual”.

Surge voltage arresters SVD

��Surge voltage arresters designed for protection of over-

voltage sensitive devices.

��Use mainly in networks TN-S, TT. If used in TN-C network

it is necessary to connect terminals N and PE.

��SVD-253-1N-MZS is intended for single-phase distribu-

tion systems and SVD-335-3N-MZS for three-phase

distribution systems.


current in 2-pole design up to 10 kA (8/20 μs) and in

4-pole design up to 4.5 kA (8/20 μs).



��Design two-part device consisting of a base and replaceable

module with a varistor. In case of a failure it is suffi cient

to replace the module by a new one without the need

of turning the device off .


state (after disconnection the surge voltage arrester is

non-functional and the replaceable module must be

replaced).

��Surge voltage arresters designed for protection of over-

voltage sensitive devices.

��Installation in common types of mounting boxes to-

gether with the original device (separate mounting

box is not necessary).

��Acoustic signalling of state.

��Connection with adjacent socket without clamping and

additional cabling.

Design Type Order Number Weight Package

for network code of modules [kg] [pcs]

single-phase SVD-253-1N-MZS OEZ:38371 1 0.081 1

three-phase SVD-335-3N-MZS OEZ:38372 2 0.129 1


code [kg] [pcs]

SVD-335-1N-AS OEZ:39164 0.041 1

Surge voltage arrester for installation in socket boxes SVD-335-1N-AS

Replaceable modules



SVD-253-1N-MZS SVD-253-1N-M OEZ:38373 1 0.027 10

SVD-335-3N-MZS SVD-335-3N-M OEZ:38374 1 0.043 10

Minia

D19



Specifi cations

Type SVD-253-1N-MZS SVD-335-3N-MZS SVD-335-1N-AS


IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11

Approval marks

Rated voltage UN AC 230 V AC 230/400 V AC 230 V

Maximum constant operating voltage UC L-N AC 253 V AC 335 V AC 335 V

N-PE - AC 255 V AC 260 V

Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In L-N 3 kA 1.5 kA / pole 1.5 kA

L-PE 3 kA 1.5 kA 1.5 kA

N-PE - 1.5 kA -

Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax L-N 10 kA 4.5 kA 4.5 kA

L-PE 10 kA 4.5 kA 4.5 KA

N-PE 10 kA 10 kA -

Rated loading current at 30 °C IL 26 A 26 A 16 A

Off -load voltage UOC 6 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Voltage protection level Up L-N ≤ 1.1 kV ≤ 1.2 kV ≤ 1.3 kV

L-PE ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV

N-PE ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV

Arrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11 type 3 type 3 type 3

according to IEC 61643-11 class III class III class III

Response time L-N ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns

L-PE ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 ns

Max. backup circuit breaker (C) or fuse gG/gL 25 A 25 A 16 A


Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 -

Other installation - - into all types of mounting boxes

Connection

Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 0.2 ÷ 4 mm2 0.2 ÷ 4 mm2 -

Conductor – flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 part of the device including ferrules

1.5 mm2

Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm -

Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom -

Visual/acoustic signalling

Functional state transparent transparent -

Non-functional state red red acoustically

Remote signalling

Arrangement of contacts 1) 01 01 -

Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 3 A AC 250 V / 3 A -

DC 50 V / 3 A DC 50 V / 3 A -

Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.2 ÷ 4 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 -

Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm -


Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -25 ÷ 75 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.

Minia

D20



Dimensions

45 90

58

7 4417.7

2

4

N

1 N

6 L

5 L

12

11

3

35.4

6

4

L1

2N

11

12

10 L3

8 L2

9 L3

7 L21N

5L1

3

SVD-253-1N-MZS SVD-335-3N-MZS

23

SVD-335-1N-AS

53

L1

PE

N

Diagram

SVD-253-1N-MZS

5 / L

1 / N

3 /

6 / L

2 / N

11

12

4 /

IN OUT 5 / L1

7 / L2

9 / L3

1 / N

3 /

6 / L1

8 / L2

10 / L3

2 / N

11

12

4 /

IN OUT

SVD-335-3N-MZS

SVD-335-1N-AS

Minia

D21


OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS


against overvoltage from direct or indirect lightning

strokes in the arresting equipment of buildings,

LV lines etc.



networks.

��For protection of parts of photovoltaic sources mainly

on their DC side.

��Surge voltage arresters intended for building, residen-

tial, commercial and other similar installations, part

of which are DC applications (e.g. photovoltaic source).

��Main components are varistors connected in Y.



��Design multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable mod-

ules. The modules can be removed in case of measure-

ment or failure without necessity of device disconnection.


power caused by direct or indirect lightning stroke

and or switching processes in the networks.

��Use: as the fi rst stage and the second stage in protection

against overvoltage – type 1 and type 2 according to

EN 50539-11.


state (after disconnection the surge voltage arrester is

non-functional and the replaceable module must be

replaced).


SVBC-DC-...-3V-MZS.

Combined lightning current and surge voltage arresters SVBC-DC with removable module

Combined lightning current and surge voltage arresters - type 1 + type 2 - DC

Replaceable modules

+ ,

UCPV Design Type Order Number Weight Package


DC 1 050 V without remote signalling SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZ OEZ:42714 3 0.379 1

with remote signalling SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZS OEZ:42715 3 0.385 1

DC 720 V without remote signalling SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZ OEZ:42717 3 0.365 1

with remote signalling SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZS OEZ:42718 3 0.371 1



SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZ(S) SVBC-DC-1050-V-M OEZ:42716 3 0.072 1

SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZ(S) SVBC-DC-720-V-M OEZ:42719 3 0.057 1




pheric disturbances and from switching processes

in networks.

��For protection of parts of photovoltaic sources mainly

on their DC side.

��Surge voltage arresters intended for building, residen-

tial, commercial and other similar installations, part

of which are DC applications (e.g. photovoltaic source).

��Main components are varistors connected in Y.



��Design multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable mod-

ules. The modules can be removed in case of measure-

ment or failure without necessity of device disconnection.




��Use: as the second stage in protection against overvolt-

age – type 2 according to EN 50539-11.

��For further information on OEZ off er for photovoltaic

systems see catalogue „Protective and switching de-

vices of photovoltaic sources”.


state (after disconnection the surge voltage arrester

is non-functional and the replaceable module must

be replaced).


SVC-DC-...-3V-MZS.

Surge voltage arresters SVC-DC with removable module

Surge voltage arresters - type 2 - DC

Replaceable modules



SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ(S) SVC-DC-1170-V-M OEZ:42710 3 0.076 1

SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ(S) SVC-DC-800-V-M OEZ:42713 3 0.068 1

UCPV Design Type Order Number Weight Package


DC 1 170 V without remote signalling SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ OEZ:42708 3 0.328 1

with remote signalling SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZS OEZ:42709 3 0.333 1

DC 800 V without remote signalling SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ OEZ:42711 3 0.322 1

with remote signalling SVC-DC-800-3V-MZS OEZ:42712 3 0.326 1

Minia

D22


OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS + ,

Minia

D23


52.5

14

11

12

9

5.5 43.5

64

45 90

L+ L-

1112 14

L+ L-

TypeSVBC-DC-720-3V-MZSVBC-DC-720-3V-MZS

SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZSVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZS

Standards EN 50539-11 EN 50539-11

EN 50539-11 EN 50539-11

Approval marks

Max. off -load voltage UUOCSTC DC 600 V DC 875 V

Maximum constant operating voltage UCPV DC 720 V DC 1 050 V

Rated loading current (V-connection) IL 80 A 80 A

Max. short-circuit current (V-connection) ISCPV 300 A 300 A

Impulse current (10/350 μs) Iimp 5 kA 5 kA

Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In 15 kA 15 kA

Max. discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax 40 kA 40 kA

Voltage protection level Up L+, L- ≤ 2.6 kV ≤ 3.5 kV

(L+/L-), PE ≤ 2.6 kV ≤ 3.5 kV

Earth-leakage current IPE ≤ 20 μA ≤ 20 μA

Still stand power input PC < 20 mVA < 25 mVA

Arrester classifi cation according to EN 50539-11 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2

Response time ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns



Connection




Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom

Optical signalling

Functional state transparent transparent


Remote signalling


Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A

DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A

Min. switched power AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA






Specifi cations

+ +

Dimensions Diagram

SVBC-DC SVBC-DC-...-3V-MZ SVBC-DC-...-3V-MZS


Minia

D24


TypeSVC-DC-800-3V-MZSVC-DC-800-3V-MZS

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZSVC-DC-1170-3V-MZS

Standards EN 50539-11 EN50539-11

EN 50539-11 EN 50539-11

Approval marks

Max. off -load voltage UUOCSTC DC 670 V DC 970 V

Maximum constant operating voltage UCPV DC 800 V DC 1 170 V

Rated loading current (V-connection) IL 80 A 80 A

Max. short-circuit current (V-connection) ISCPV 300 A 300 A

Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In 15 kA 15 kA

Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax 40 kA 40 kA

Voltage protection level Up L+, L- ≤ 2.7 kV ≤ 3.7 kV

(L+/L-), PE ≤ 2.7 kV ≤ 3.7 kV

Earth-leakage current IPE ≤ 20 μA ≤ 20 μA

Still stand power input PC < 20 mVA < 25 mVA

Arrester classifi cation according to EN 50539-11 type 2 type 2

Response time ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns



Connection




Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom

Optical signalling

Functional state transparent transparent


Remote signalling


Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1 A AC 250 V / 1 A

DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A

Min. switched power AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA






Specifi cations

Dimensions Diagram

9

5.5 43.5

64

45

SVC-DC

90

SVC-DC-...-3V-MZ SVC-DC-...-3V-MZS

52.5

14

11

12

L+ L-

1112 14

L+ L-


Minia

D25


RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS

Conversion tables of former and new designs

Formerly produced devices Newly produced devicesNote

Type designation Order code Type designation Order code

Type 1

SJBplus-50-1,5 OEZ:34715 SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 adequate design

SJBplus50/1,5 OEZ:14423 SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 adequate design

SJBplus-50 OEZ:34714 SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 innovation - electronic ignition spark gap

SJBplus50 OEZ:14424 SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 innovation - electronic ignition spark gap

SJBpro-35-1,5 OEZ:34713SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)

SJB-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)

SJBpro35/1,5 OEZ:14422SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)


SJBpro-35 OEZ:34712SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)


SJBpro35 OEZ:13019SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)


SJB100/NPE/1,5 OEZ:14425 SJB-NPE-1,5 OEZ:34716 adequate design

Type 2

SVM440-Z OEZ:18565 SVM-440-Z OEZ:34720 adequate design

SVM440-ZS OEZ:18566 SVM-440-ZS OEZ:34721 adequate design

SVM-275-Z OEZ:34717SVC-350-3-MZ OEZ:38365 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)

SVC-350-3N-MZ OEZ:38367 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)

SVM275-Z OEZ:13004SVC-350-3-MZ OEZ:38365 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)

SVC-350-3N-MZ OEZ:38367 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)

SVM-275-ZS OEZ:34718SVC-350-3-MZS OEZ:38366 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)

SVC-350-3N-MZS OEZ:38368 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)

SVM275-ZS OEZ:13005 SVC-350-3-MZS OEZ:38366 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)

SVC-350-3N-MZS OEZ:38368 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)

SVM-NPE-Z (+SVM-440-Z) OEZ:34723 SVC-350-1N-MZ OEZ:42380 multipole design (1+1; TN-S, TT)

SVM-NPE-Z (+3 pcs SVM-440-Z) OEZ:34723 SVC-350-3N-MZ OEZ:38367 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)

SVC-275-1 OEZ:38842 SVC-350-1-MZ OEZ:42378 adequate design

SVC-275-1-S OEZ:38843 SVC-350-1-MZS OEZ:42379 adequate design

SVF-1000-2VB-MZ OEZ:39165 SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ OEZ:42708 adequate design

SVF-1000-2VB-MZ OEZ:39527 SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZS OEZ:42709 adequate design

SVF-600-3V-MZ OEZ:39528 SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ OEZ:42711 adequate design

SVF-600-3V-MZ OEZ:39529 SVC-DC-800-3V-MZS OEZ:42712 adequate design

Type 3SVD-250M-ZS OEZ:34725 SVD-253-1N-MZS OEZ:38371 adequate design

SVD250M-ZS OEZ:13020 SVD-253-1N-MZS OEZ:38371 adequate design

Table of tolerance zones at 1 mA

��Varistor is able to provide protection against

overvoltage repeatedly. However, every such actuating

changes its structure to certain extent. We can detect

by timely varistor check whether is this change

of structure and resulting varistor function already

beyond the acceptable limit or not.

��Standard EN 62 305-4 requires besides others also pe-

riodic overvoltage protections checks. This check is usu-

ally completed with varistor measurement.

��On principle, the check of overvoltage protections is

carried out by connecting to the DC voltage, while in-

creasing the voltage to the point when current 1 mA

fl ows through the arrester. Subsequently the voltage

level is deducted. This procedure shall be repeated for

opposite polarity as well.

��If the deducted voltage level is in between the Voltage

tolerance zone given in the table, the overvoltage pro-

tection is functional. In the opposite case it is necessary

to replace the overvoltage protection or its module. The

table of Voltage tolerance zones is given below.

Varistor function test

Type designation Note Order Voltage tolerance code zone at 1 mA

SVBC-12,5-1-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:40615 510 - 561 V

SVBC-12,5-1N-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:40618 510 - 561 V

SVBC-12,5-3-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:40619 510 - 561 V

SVBC-12,5-3-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:40620 510 - 561 V

SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:40621 510 - 561 V

SVBC-12,5-3N-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:40622 510 - 561 V

SVBC-12,5-4-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:40623 510 - 561 V

SVBC-12,5-4-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:40624 510 - 561 V

SVBC-12,5-1-M Replaceable module T1+T2 OEZ:40625 510 - 561 V

SJBC-25E-3-MZS T1+T2 - only varistor module is measured OEZ:38361 508.5 - 565 V

SJBC-25E-3N-MZS T1+T2 - only varistor module is measured OEZ:38362 508.5 - 565 V

SVC-N350-1-M Replaceable module T1+T2 OEZ:38364 508.5 - 565 V

SVC-350-1-MZ T2 OEZ:42378 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-1-MZS T2 OEZ:42379 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-1N-MZ T2 OEZ:42380 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-1N-MZS T2 OEZ:42381 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-3-MZ T2 OEZ:38365 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-3-MZS T2 OEZ:38366 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-3N-MZ T2 OEZ:38367 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-3N-MZS T2 OEZ:38368 509 - 621 V

Type designation Note Order Voltage tolerance code zone at 1 mA

SVC-350-4-MZ T2 OEZ:40861 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-4-MZS T2 OEZ:40862 509 - 621 V

SVC-350-1-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:38369 509 - 621 V

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ T2 OEZ:42708 643.5 - 786.5 V

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZS T2 OEZ:42709 643.5 - 786.5 V

SVC-DC-1170-V-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:42710 643.5 - 786.5 V

SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ T2 OEZ:42711 484.5 - 561 V

SVC-DC-800-3V-MZS T2 OEZ:42712 484.5 - 561 V

SVC-DC-800-V-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:42713 484.5 - 561 V

SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:42714 643.5 - 786.5 V

SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:42715 643.5 - 786.5 V

SVBC-DC-1050-V-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:42716 643.5 - 786.5 V

SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:42717 484.5 - 561 V

SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:42718 484.5 - 561 V

SVBC-DC-720-V-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:42719 484.5 - 561 V

SVD-253-1N-MZS T3 OEZ:38371 216 - 264 V

SVD-335-3N-MZS T3 OEZ:38372 459 - 561 V

SVD-335-1N-AS T3 OEZ:39164 459 - 561 V

SVM-440 T2 OEZ:34720 644 - 786 V

SVM-440-ZS T2 OEZ:34721 644 - 786 V

Minia

D26



1. Installation of lightning current arresters – T1Lightning current arresters, i.e. the arresters of type 1

are installed mainly on the interface of zones LPZ0/ LPZ1.

The main switchboard is usually placed on this interface.

The devices are installed on „U“ rail type TH 35 (DIN rail).

Installation of the lightning current arresters in metering

switchboard shall be approved by relevant power

distribution companies. In not measured part, use

the lightning current arresters SJBplus-... or SJB-25E-...

2. Installation of compact combined surge voltage arresters of type T1+T2

We recommend to install the compact combined arrester

type 1 and 2 ( SJBC = spark gap + varistor) in the main

switch board on „U“ rail type TH 35, in case it is possible to

unite the boundaries of lightning protection levels LPZ0/ LPZ1

and LPZ1/LPZ2. With its parameters and small dimensions,

this combination is suitable for both industrial applications

and applications in buildings, apartments etc. The advantage

of combined arresters is that they provide complete solution

for given system (etc. TN-C, TN-S) without the need of inter-

connecting busbars etc. - „one device = complete solution“. If

it is not possible to unite the boundaries of lightning protec-

tion levels LPZ0/LPZ1 and LPZ1/ LPZ2 (etc. in block of fl ats

- in the unmeasured part there can not be installed varistor

based overvoltage protection), then type SJB-25E-… has to

be used on the boundary of LPZ0/ LPZ1 and type SVC-...on

the boundary of LPZ1/ LPZ2.

Combined arrester of lightning current type 1 and type 2

(SVBC – varistor) can be used in switchboards of individual

fl ats in cases when it is not possible to install common fi rst

protection stage (etc. block of fl ats, where there is not al-

lowed to install in unmeasured part any type of overvolt-

age protection). Combined arrester of lightning current

SVBC is thank to lightning current separation in several

branches convenient protection for these applications. It

is installed on „U“ rail type TH 35.

3. Installation of surge voltage arresters – T2 Surge voltage arresters T2 are installed mainly on bounda-

ries of LPZ1/LPZ2 that means in subsidiary switchboard

behind the arresters of lightning current installed in the

main switchboard. They are installed on „U“ rail type

TH 35. It is necessary to ensure coordination of individual

protection stages at installation. For more information see

paragraph “Coordination of overvoltage protection“.

4. Installation of surge voltage arresters – T3 Surge voltage arresters SVD are installed on „U“ rail

of type TH 35. If the length of the line between T2 and

T3<5 m, it is not necessary to use T3 – the parameters

of coordination T2 and T3 would not be fulfi lled. Protec-

tion is suffi ciently provided by the surge voltage arrester

T2. Install another surge voltage arresters of stage 3 at

least 10 m downstream of the previous T3. Surge volt-

age arresters of stage 3 can be connected to the line both

lengthwise and cross-wise. Cross-connection to the line is

advantageous in particular if the current fl owing through

the line is higher than the permitted rated load current IL

of the surge voltage arrester T3.

5. Installation of surge voltage arresters for photovoltaic systems

Overvoltage protections SVBC-DC and SVC-DC are in-

stalled on „U“ rail type TH 35 usually at the solar panel. At

the length of the line between solar panels and inverter

L > 10 m we recommend to install the overvoltage pro-

tection also at the inverter on the DC side.

1. Protection of lightning current arresters – T1Protection can be implemented in two ways:

��protection only by fuses F1 in the house main switch-

board, if F1 correspond to the values stated in the table

of technical parameters of given type. However, if in

such wiring there are leakages and follow short-circuit

currents, though the SJB arresters are able to quench

the follow short-circuit currents, F1 may blow with sub-

sequent interruption of power supply in the building.

��use of fuses F2 in addition to F1 if the latter are too big

or if you do not want to interrupt the power supply. In

such case selectivity must be ensured between F1 and

F2 i.e. InF1 ≥ 1.6 x InF2 . With this ratio of rated currents, F2

will cut out sooner than F1, and the power supply of the

building will not be interrupted. However the values InF2

may be low and F2 will blow more frequently. For this

reason it is recommended to equip the fuse F2 with a

signalling device.

2. Protection of surge voltage arresters – T2The previous paragraph applies also to the protection

of surge voltage arresters, however in Wiring diagram examples these fuses are designated F3.

3. Protection of surge voltage arresters – T3Surge voltage arresters SVD shall be protected by circuit

breakers or fuses gG max. 25 A.

4. Protection of arresters for connection „3+1“Arresters for connection between N and PE conductors,

i.e. the arrester SJB-NPE-1.5 and the module between N

and PE for the other versions are not protected separately.

Because their protection is already provided by fuses F1,

F2 or F3, see the wiring diagram examples.

5. Protection of arresters for photovoltaic systemsIt is not needed to protect the arrester for photovoltaic

systems in any special way. However, in case of two varistors

design and one spark gap the limit of maximum short-

circuit current has to be considered.

The correct function of multiple stage protection is con-

ditioned by correct coordination of individual stages. At fi rst

the most sensitive stage of protection reacts. Before it gets

overloaded the superior stage has to react.

It is valid in case of T1 and T2 that if their mutual distance is

bigger than 10 m (the length of conductors), the coordination

is guaranteed by the physical features of the lines. It means

that we can use any combination of fi rst and second protec-

tion stage (once we follow other installation instructions).

In case we need to install T2 closer to T1, it is necessary to

use combination of overvoltage protection designed for this

purpose.

It is necessary to observe the minimal distance 5 m for

the coordination between the second end the third stages

of the protection.

COORDINATION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION

INSTALLATION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS

PROTECTION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS

+

LNPE

F

LNPE

max

. 0.5

m

F

Continuous connection

Transversal connection

T1 T2

< 5 m 5 ÷ 10 > 10

SJBplus-50-2,5 SVM-440-.. SVC-350-.. arbitrary

SJB-25E-.. SVC-350-.. SVC-350-.. arbitrary > 5 m

T2 T3

Minia

D27



Standard solution

TN-C

TN-C

-STN

-STN

-S, T

T

Low installation thread

a) Family houses without lightning conductor and exposed conductive parts

��Conducted by underground cable line.

��Where there is no threat of direct lightning stroke to the nearby building with lightning conductor which is

galvanically connected to the protected building.

b) Individual housing units

��It is possible to install common fi rst protection stage T1 in the main switchboard in the block of fl ats.

F2 > if F1 125 A F1F1

L2L3PEN

L1L2L3PEN

SVC-350-3-MZ(OEZ:38365)

F1L1L2L3PEN

SVC-350-3-MZ(OEZ:38365)

F2 > if F1 125 A L1L2L3NPE

F1L1L2L3

PEN

L1L2L3

PEN

SVC-350-4-MZ(OEZ:40861)

F2 > if F1 125 A

SVC-350-4-MZ

F1L1L2L3

PEN

L1L2L3

PEN

SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)

F2 > if F1 125 A

Minia

D28



Standard solution Solution for necessary T1 and T2 separation

TN-C

TN-C

-STN

-STN

-S, T

T

Medium installation thread

a) Family houses

��Where there is a threat of direct lightning stroke to the protected building or to the nearby building with lightning conductor

which is galvanically connected to the protected building - level of protection against lightning LPL III or LPL IV.

��With overhead cable line.

b) Individual housing units

��In the block of fl ats where it is not possible to install common fi rst protection stage T1 in the main switchboard and where

due to lightning current separation in several branches its level does not exceed 12.5 kA (10/350 μs).

F2 > if F1 160 AF1L1L2L3PEN

L1L2L3PEN

SVBC-12,5-3-MZ(OEZ:40619)

SVBC-12,5-3-MZS

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

L1 L2

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

im p

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

L3

F2 > if F1 160 A F1L1L2L3N

L1L2L3PEN

SVBC-12,5-3-MZ(OEZ:40619)

PE

SVBC-12,5-3-MZS

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

L1 L2

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

im p

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

L3

F1L1L2L3

PEN

L1L2L3

PEN

F2 > if F1 160 A

SVBC-12,5-4-MZ

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

im p

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

L1 L2 L3

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

N

SVBC-12,5-4-MZ(OEZ:40623)

F2 > if F1 160 A

SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

im p

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-12,5

T1T2

L1 L2 L3

U 1,7 kVI 50 kAI 50 kA

p

imp

n

£

SVBC-50

T1T2

N

F1L1L2L3

PEN

L1L2L3

PEN

SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ(OEZ:40621)

F1L1L2L3PEN

L1L2L3PEN

L ... arbitrary

SJB-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38357)

SVC-350-3-MZ(OEZ:38365)

F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A

F1L1L2L3PEN

L ... arbitrary

L1L2L3

PEN


SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)

F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A

F1L1L2L3

PEN

SJB-25-3N-MSZSJB-25-3N-MSZ

L1L2L3

PEN

L ... arbitrary

SJB-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38358)

SVC-350-4-MZ(OEZ:40861)

F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A

SVC-350-4-MZ

SVC-350

F1L1L2L3

PEN


L1L2L3

PEN

L ... arbitrary


SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)

F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A

Minia

D29



Big installation thread

a) Family houses with lightning conductor or exposed conductive

parts.

��Independent on connection type.

��Where there is a threat of direct lightning stroke to the protected

building or to the nearby building with lightning conductor which is

galvanically connected to the protected building - level of protection

against lightning LPL I or LPL II.

b) Individual housing units.

��In the block of fl ats where it is not possible to install common fi rst

protection stage T1 in the main switchboard and where the

lightning current can exceed 12.5 kA (10/350 μs).


TN-C

TN-C

-STN

-STN

-S, T

T

F1L1L2L3PEN

L1L2L3PEN

SJBC-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38361)

F2 > if F1 315 A

F1L1L2L3N

L1L2L3PEN

PE

SJBC-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38361)

F2 > if F1 315 A

F1L1L2L3

PEN

L1L2L3

PEN

SJBC-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38362)

F2 > if F1 315 A

F1L1L2L3

PEN

L1L2L3

PEN

SJBC-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38362)

F2 > if F1 315 A

F1L1L2L3PEN

L1L2L3PEN

L ... arbitrary


SVC-350-3-MZ(OEZ:38365)

F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A

F1L1L2L3PEN

L ... arbitrary

L1L2L3

PEN


SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)

F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A

F1L1L2L3

PEN


L1L2L3

PEN

L ... arbitrary


SVC-350-4-MZ(OEZ:40861)

F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A

SVC-350-4-MZ

SVC-350

F1L1L2L3

PEN


L1L2L3

PEN

L ... arbitrary


SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)

F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A

Minia

D30



T1+T2

Industrial and special applications

T1+T2

a) Industrial applications, where higher requirements for overvoltage

protections have to be met, e.g. due to high short-circuit current.

��The separation of lightning current is the same as in case of big

installation threat.

b) The separation of lightning current is the same as in case of big

installation threat.


TN-C

TN-S

TN-C

TN-S

, TT

3

S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375) SJBplus-50- ,5

(OEZ:39227) pcs 2

+

3 SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)

pcs

F1L1L2L3PEN

L1L2L3PEN

F2 > if F1 125 A

F1L1L2L3

PEN

L1L2L3

PEN

4 pcs S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)

2 SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227)

+4 pcs SVM-440-Z

(OEZ:34720)

F2 > if F1 125 A

F1L1L2L3

PEN

+ SJB-NPE-1,5

(OEZ:34716) 1 pc

L1L2L3

PEN

S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)

SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227)

3 pcs 2

+ SVM-440-Z

(OEZ:34720) 3 pcs

F2 > if F1 125 A

SJBplus-50-(OEZ:39227)

2,5

+

SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)

F1L1PEN

L1PEN

F2 > if F1 125 A

3 SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227)

pcs 2 3

S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)

S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)

SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720) pcs

F1L1L2L3PEN

L1L2L3PEN

F2 > if F1 500 A F3 > if F1 125 A

L ... arbitrary

F1L1L2L3

PEN

L1L2L3

PEN

4 pcs 2 SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227) 4 pcs

S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)

S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)

SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)

F2 > if F1 500 A F3 > if F1 125 A

L ... arbitrary

F1L1L2L3

PEN

+ SJB-NPE-1,5

(OEZ:34716) 1 pc

L1L2L3

PEN


3 pcs 2

+

3

S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)

S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)

SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)

pcs

F2 > if F1 500 A F3 > if F1 125 A

SVM-NPE-Z(OEZ:34723)

1 pc

L ... arbitrary


2 SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)

F1L1PEN

L1PEN

F2 > if F1 500 A F3 > if F1 125 A

L ... arbitrary

Minia

D31



Photovoltaic systems

a) Photovoltaic sources, where there is no threat of direct stroke to the solar panel or lines

��Dependent on the length of line between the panels and the inverter one or two devices are used. In general, at the length

of line L1 > 10 m we use the overvoltage protection at both the solar panel and the inverter, at the length of the line

L ≤ 10 m we use the overvoltage protection either at the solar panel or at the inverter.

��Design SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ(S) or SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ(S).

b) Photovoltaic sources, wherein there is a risk of direct stroke in a panel or a line, especially in cases, where the

panel is connected with the arresting system galvanically

��Dependent on the length of line between the panels and the inverter one or two devices are used. In general, at the length

of line L1 > 10 m we use the overvoltage protection at both the solar panel and the inverter, at the length of the line

L ≤ 10 m we use the overvoltage protection either at the solar panel or at the inverter.

��Design SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZ(S) or SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZ(S).

DC switch-disconnector AC switch-

-disconnector

Converter Measuring

Protection against

overvoltage

Photovoltaic arraySwitchboard MeasuringMain switch-

-disconnector

Main

protection

Transformer

L1

hWhW

DC AC Protection against

overvoltage

Protection against

overvoltage

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

L1 10 m�

L+L-

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

L1 10 m�

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170

SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

L1 10 m�

LL++LL--

LL++LL--

PEPE

SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170

UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA

pp

nn


pp

nn


pp

nn

SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170 SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170

SVC-DCSVC-DC11170170

L+L+ L-L-

SVC-DC-1SVC-DC-1170-3V170-3V-MZ-MZOEZ:42708OEZ:42708(( ))

L1L1 10 m10 m��

L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n


SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

a)

b)SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

L1 10 m�

L+L-

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

L1 10 m�

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

LL++LL--

PEPE



pp

nn


pp

nn


pp

nn



L+L+ L-L-


L1L1 10 m10 m��

L+L-

L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n


SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

L1 10 m�

LL++LL--

PEPE



pp

nn


pp

nn


pp

nn



L+L+ L-L-


a)

b)SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

L1 10 m�

LL++LL--

LL++LL--

PEPE

SVSV C-DC-1 0-3VC-DC-1 0-3V-MZ-MZBB 0505(OEZ:42714)(OEZ:42714)

L1L1 10 m10 m��

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n


SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

L1 10 m�

L+L-

L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n


SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

L1 10 m�

L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n


SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

a)

b)SVBC-DCSVBC-DC10501050

SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050

UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA

pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2



pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2



pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2

L+L+ L-L-

SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

LL++LL--

PEPE


L1L1 10 m10 m��

L+L-

L+L-

PE

SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)

L1 10 m�

LL++LL--

PEPE


L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n


SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

L1 10 m�

L+L-

L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n


SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

L1 10 m�

L+L-

PE

SVC-DC- 1170

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n

U 1,9 kVI 15 kA

p

n


SVC-DC1170

L+ L-

SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )

a)

b)SVBC-DC1050

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

SVBC-DC-1050


p

imp

n

T1T2

L+ L-

SVBC-DCSVBC-DC10501050



pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2



pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2



pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2

L+L+ L-L-

SVBC-DCSVBC-DC10501050



pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2



pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2



pp

impimp

nn

T1T1T2T2

L+L+ L-L-

Minia

D32


NOTES

SWITCHING DEVICES Minia

Minia

E

��Summary of models ............................................................................................ E2

��Installation contactors RSI. .................................................................................................... E4

��Installation relays RPI ............................................................................................................ E17

��Impulse memory relays MIG ............................................................................................... E19

��Impulse memory relays MIR ............................................................................................... E27

��Time relays MCR ......................................................................................................................... E31

��Timers ................................................................................................................................................. E35

��Stair switches. ................................................................................................................................ E41

��Monitoring relay. ......................................................................................................................... E44

Minia

E2

Switching devices

SUMMARY OF MODELS

Installation contactors and relays, Impulse relaysswitch depending on applied voltage or impulse

Type RSI RPI MIG MIR

Ith , Ie 20, 25, 32, 40, 63 A 8, 16 A 20, 32, 63 A 16 A

Arrangement of contacts 10, 11, 20, 02, 40, 31, 04 001, 002, 003 10, 11, 20, 40, 31 001

Maximum load of each contact for:

AC-1 63 A / 230 V 16 A / 250 V 63 A / 230 V 16 A / 250 V

AC-5a 22 A / 230 V 1.6 A / 230 V 22 A / 230 V 1.6 A / 230 V

AC-5b 5 000 W / 230 V 1000 W / 230 V 7 000 W / 230 V 460 W / 230 V

DC-1 63 A / 24 V 16 A / 24 V 63 A / 24 V -

Timersswitch according to internal program in real time

Type MAE-A MAN-A MAE-D MAN-D MAA-D

Design Analog Analog Digital Digital Digital

Arrangement of contacts 001, 100 001, 100 001, 002 001, 002 001, 002

Permanent operation/off Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Run reserve - 100 hours 3 years 5 years 5 years

Menu language - - EN CS, EN, DE, PL, RU, IT, FR, ES, PT, NL, DA, FI, NO, SV, TR

Number of programs - - 28 56 56

Program test - - Yes Yes Yes

Holiday mode - - - Yes Yes

Random switching mode - - - Yes Yes

PIN code protection - - - Yes Yes

Astro function - - - - Yes

Minia

E3

Switching devices

SUMMARY OF MODELS

Monitoring relaysswitch depending on monitored physical quantity

TypeMMR-U3

MMR-X3MMR-HL MMR-T1

MMR-T2

MMR-TDRLP 5SV8

Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V - AC 230 V

Arrangement of contacts 001 001 001 200 10, 01 001, 002, 40

Operating voltage of contact AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 230 V

Operating current of contact 8 A 16 A 8 A 16 A 16 A 6 A

Monitored quantity Voltage Level Temperature Temperature Current Residual current

Function - Overvoltage - Liquid drawing off - Motor protection - From -25 °C - Disconnectio - Indication

- Undervoltage - Liquid fi lling - Local reset - Up to +95 °C at reach of: at reach of:

- Phase failure - Remote RESET - 2 channels 5 ÷ 15 A 0.03 ÷ 30 A

- Phase sequence *) - Auto reset 10 ÷ 28 A (adjustable)

- Asymmetry *) 26 ÷ 63 A

Stair switches and multiple-function time relaysswitch according to set function and time

Type MQA MQB MQC MCR-MA MCR-MB MCR-TK

Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V

Arrangement of contacts 100 100 100 001, 003 001, 003 001

Operating voltage of contact AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V

Operating current of contact 16 A 16 A 16 A 8 A 8 A 8 A

Time setting 0.5 ÷ 10 min 0.5 ÷ 10 min 3 ÷ 60 min 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr 0.1 s ÷ 10 days

Function Stair switch Stair switch Stair switch Time relay Time relay Timing relays

- extension of time

4 times by holding

the push-button

for > 1s

- premature

switching off by

pressing the push-

-button

- 9 functions - 18 functions - adjustable mark-

-to-space ratio

*) only X3 design

��For switching of electrical circuits by application of con-

trol voltage on the coil.

��For control of appliances up to 63 A - electric boilers,

convection heaters, water-heaters, storage heaters

and also lighting circuits.

��Control voltage: AC 24 V, AC 230 V.

��Visual light indication at power up.

Minia

E4

RSI Switching devices

INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI

Installation contactors 20 A

Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package

of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]

10 AC 230 V RSI-20-10-A230 OEZ:36609 1 0.130 1

20AC 230 V RSI-20-20-A230 OEZ:36610 1 0.130 1

AC 24 V RSI-20-20-A024 OEZ:36614 1 0.130 1

11AC 230 V RSI-20-11-A230 OEZ:36611 1 0.130 1

AC 24 V RSI-20-11-A024 OEZ:36615 1 0.130 1

02AC 230 V RSI-20-02-A230 OEZ:36612 1 0.130 1

AC 24 V RSI-20-02-A024 OEZ:36616 1 0.130 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts




40AC 230 V RSI-25-40-A230 OEZ:36617 2 0.230 1

AC 24 V RSI-25-40-A024 OEZ:36621 2 0.230 1

31AC 230 V RSI-25-31-A230 OEZ:36618 2 0.230 1

AC 24 V RSI-25-31-A024 OEZ:36622 2 0.230 1

04 AC 230 V RSI-25-04-A230 OEZ:36620 2 0.230 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts




20 AC 230 V RSI-32-20-A230 OEZ:43273 1 0.130 1

11 AC 230 V RSI-32-11-A230 OEZ:43274 1 0.130 1

02 AC 230 V RSI-32-02-A230 OEZ:43275 1 0.130 1

40 AC 230 V RSI-32-40-A230 OEZ:43276 2 0.260 1

31 AC 230 V RSI-32-31-A230 OEZ:43277 2 0.260 1





40AC 230 V RSI-40-40-A230 OEZ:36625 3 0.380 1

AC 24 V RSI-40-40-A024 OEZ:36629 3 0.380 1

31AC 230 V RSI-40-31-A230 OEZ:36626 3 0.380 1

AC 24 V RSI-40-31-A024 OEZ:36630 3 0.380 1





40AC 230 V RSI-63-40-A230 OEZ:36633 3 0.380 1

AC 24 V RSI-63-40-A024 OEZ:36637 3 0.380 1

31AC 230 V RSI-63-31-A230 OEZ:36634 3 0.380 1

AC 24 V RSI-63-31-A024 OEZ:36638 3 0.380 1


Installation contactors AC

Minia

E5






convection heaters, water-heaters, storage heaters and

also lighting circuits.

��Control voltage: AC 24 V, AC 230 V.


�� They are equipped with change-over switch with three

positions:

– position „AUTO“ - common function of the contactor

– position „I“ - contactor in position ON, after application

of supply voltage the contactors goes to AUTO position

automatically

– position „0“ - contactor coil circuit is interrupted.




20AC 230 V RSI-20-20-A230-M OEZ:36641 1 0.135 1

AC 24 V RSI-20-20-A024-M OEZ:36643 1 0.135 1

11AC 230 V RSI-20-11-A230-M OEZ:36642 1 0.135 1

AC 24 V RSI-20-11-A024-M OEZ:36644 1 0.135 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts




40AC 230 V RSI-25-40-A230-M OEZ:36645 2 0.235 1

AC 24 V RSI-25-40-A024-M OEZ:36647 2 0.235 1

31AC 230 V RSI-25-31-A230-M OEZ:36646 2 0.235 1





40AC 230 V RSI-40-40-A230-M OEZ:36649 3 0.390 1

AC 24 V RSI-40-40-A024-M OEZ:36651 3 0.390 1

31AC 230 V RSI-40-31-A230-M OEZ:36650 3 0.390 1





40 AC 230 V RSI-63-40-A230-M OEZ:36653 3 0.390 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Installation contactors AC with manual control




convection heaters, water-heaters, storage heaters and

also lighting circuits.

��Control voltage: AC/DC 24 V, AC/DC 230 V.


��In closed state they do not „hum“.

Minia

E6



Instalační stykače 20 A



10 AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-10-X230 OEZ:43104 1 0.130 1

20AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-20-X230 OEZ:43105 1 0.130 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-20-X024 OEZ:43106 1 0.130 1

11AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-11-X230 OEZ:43107 1 0.130 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-11-X024 OEZ:43108 1 0.130 1

02AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-02-X230 OEZ:43109 1 0.130 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-02-X024 OEZ:43110 1 0.130 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts




40AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-40-X230 OEZ:43115 2 0.240 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-25-40-X024 OEZ:43116 2 0.240 1

31AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-31-X230 OEZ:43117 2 0.240 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-25-31-X024 OEZ:43118 2 0.240 1

04 AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-04-X230 OEZ:43119 2 0.240 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts




20 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-20-X230 OEZ:43121 1 0.130 1

11 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-11-X230 OEZ:43122 1 0.130 1

02 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-02-X230 OEZ:43123 1 0.130 1

40 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-40-X230 OEZ:43124 2 0.260 1

31 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-31-X230 OEZ:43125 2 0.260 1





40AC/DC 230 V RSI-40-40-X230 OEZ:43127 3 0.420 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-40-40-X024 OEZ:43128 3 0.420 1

31AC/DC 230 V RSI-40-31-X230 OEZ:43129 3 0.420 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-40-31-X024 OEZ:43130 3 0.420 1





40AC/DC 230 V RSI-63-40-X230 OEZ:43132 3 0.420 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-63-40-X024 OEZ:43133 3 0.420 1

31AC/DC 230 V RSI-63-31-X230 OEZ:43134 3 0.420 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-63-31-X024 OEZ:43135 3 0.420 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Installation contactors AC/DC

Minia

E7






convection heaters, water-heaters, storage heaters

and also lighting circuits.

��Control voltage: AC/DC 24 V, AC/DC 230 V.


��In closed state they do not „hum“.

�� They are equipped with change-over switch with three

positions:

– position „AUTO“ - common function of the contactor

– position „I“ - contactor in position ON, after applica-

tion of supply voltage the contactors goes to AUTO

position automatically

– position „0“ - contactor coil circuit is interrupted.

��For signalling the main contact position of installation

contactors.

��Contacts: 1 make.

��Installation by clicking on the right side of the installa-

tion contactors.

��It is possible to mount one auxiliary switch on one in-

stallation contactor.

��Width: 9 mm.




20AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-20-X230-M OEZ:43162 1 0.130 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-20-X024-M OEZ:43163 1 0.130 1

11AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-11-X230-M OEZ:43164 1 0.130 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-11-X024-M OEZ:43165 1 0.130 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts




40AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-40-X230-M OEZ:43166 2 0.240 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-25-40-X024-M OEZ:43167 2 0.240 1

31AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-31-X230-M OEZ:43168 2 0.240 1

AC/DC 24 V RSI-25-31-X024-M OEZ:43169 2 0.240 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Installation contactors AC/DC with manual control

Auxiliary switch PS-RSI-1100

Accessories



PS-RSI-1100 OEZ:36657 0.5 0.03 1

Type RSI-20-..-A... RSI-32-..-A...

Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1

EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1

EN 61095 EN 61095

Approval marks

Main circuit (contact)

Arrangement of contacts 1) 10, 20, 11, 02 20, 11, 02

Rated thermal current Ith 20 A 32 A

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V

Rated operating current 2) Ie AC-1/AC-7a 20 A 32 A

AC-3/AC-7bNO: 9 A 3)

NC: 6 A 3)

NO: 9 A 3)

NC: 6 A 3)

Switched power 4) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 4 kW 7 kW

AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V NO: 1.3 kW 3)

NC: 0.75 kW 3)

NO: 1.3 kW 3)

NC: 0.75 kW 3)

Min. switched voltage/current 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA

Max. switching frequency AC-3, AC-7b, AC-1, AC-7a, lighting fi ttings 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr

DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr

no load 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr

Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles NO: 150 000 operating cycles 3)

NC: 100 000 operating cycles 3)

AC-3/AC-7b 300 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles

DC-1 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles

Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles

Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 1.7 W 2.5 W

Maximum backup fuse

gL/gG against short-circuit

coordination type 2 20 A -

coordination type 1 - 32 A

Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm

Make time 15 ÷ 25 ms 15 ÷ 25 ms

Break time 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 30 ms

Connection - conductor rigid S 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible S 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1 ÷ 6 mm2


Screw slot type PZ1 PZ1

Control circuit (coil)

Rated voltage UC AC 24, 230 V AC 230 V

Operating range UC 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 %

Rated frequency f 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Starting input power 12 VA / 10 W 12 VA / 10 W

Input power 2.8 VA / 1.2 W 2.8 VA / 1.2 W

Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2



Other data

Other data Ui 440 V 440 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35



Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5)

1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits, see page E143) NO - make contact, NC - break contact4) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E13 and E145) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín

Minia

E8



Specifi cations (for RSI-A installation contactors of one-module design with contact arrangement 10, 20, 11, 02)

Type RSI-25-..-A... RSI-32-..-A... RSI-40-..-A... RSI-63-..-A...

Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1

EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1

EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095

Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04

Rated thermal current Ith 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V

Rated operating current 2) Ie AC-1/AC-7a 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A

AC-3/AC-7b 8.5 A 8.5 A 22 A 30 A

Switched power 3) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 5.4 kW 7 kW 8.7 kW 13.3 kW

3-phase AC 400 V 16 kW 21 kW 26 kW 40 kW

AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V 1.3kW 1.3 kW 3.7 kW 5 kW


Min. switched voltage/current 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA

Max. switching frequency AC-3, AC-7b, AC-1, AC-7a, lighting fi ttings 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr

DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr

no load 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr

Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles

AC-3/AC-7b 500 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles

DC-1 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles

Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles

Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 2.2 W 2.5 W 4 W 8 W

Maximum backup fuse

gL/gG against short-circuit

coordination type 2 25 A - 63 A 80 A

coordination type 1 - 32 A - -

Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.6 mm

Make time 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 20 ms 10 ÷ 20 ms

Break time 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 15 ms 10 ÷ 15 ms

Connection - conductor rigid S 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible S 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 16 mm2 1.5 ÷ 16 mm2

Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm

Screw head type PZ1 PZ1 PZ2 PZ2


Rated voltage UC AC 24, 230 V AC 230 V AC 24, 230 V AC 24, 230 V

Operating range UC 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 %

Rated frequency f 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Starting input power 33 VA / 25 W 33 VA / 25 W 15.4 VA / 6 W 15.4 VA / 6 W

Input power 5.5 VA / 1.6 W 5.5 VA / 1.6 W 7.7 VA / 3 W 7.7 VA / 3 W

Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2



Other data

Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 440 V 440 V 440 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35 TH35 TH35

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Ambient temperature -5 ÷ +55 °C -15 ÷ +55 °C -5 ÷ +55 °C -5 ÷ +55 °C


1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits, see page E143) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E13 and E144) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín

Minia

E9



Specifi cations (for RSI-A installation contactors of multi-module design with contact arrangement 40, 31, 04)

Type RSI-20-..-X... RSI-32-..-X...

Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1

EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1

EN 61095 EN 61095

Approval marks


Main circuit (contact) 1) 10, 20, 11, 02 10, 20, 11, 02


Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V

Rated operating current 2) Ie AC-1/AC-7a 20 A 32 A

AC-3/AC-7bNO: 9 A 3) NC: 6 A 3)

NO: 9 A 3) NC: 6A 3)

Switched power 4) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 4 kW 7 kW

AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V NO: 1.3 kW 3) NC: 0.75 kW 3)

NO: 1.3 kW 3) NC: 0.75 kW 3)

Min. switched voltage/current 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA

Max. switching frequency AC-3, AC-7b, AC-1, AC-7a, lighting fi ttings 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr

DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr

no load 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr

Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles NO: 150 000 operating cycles 3) NC: 100 000 operating cycles 3)

AC-3/AC-7b 300 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles

DC-1 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles


Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 1.7 W 2.5 W

Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit

coordination type 2 20 A -

coordination type 1 - 32 A

Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm

Make time 15 ÷ 45 ms 15 ÷ 45 ms

Break time 20 ÷ 50 ms 20 ÷ 50 ms

Connection - conductor rigid S 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible S 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1 ÷ 6 mm2




Rated voltage UC AC/DC 24, 230 V AC/DC 230 V

Operating range UC 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 %

Rated frequency f 40 ÷ 500 Hz 40 ÷ 500 Hz

Starting input power 2.1 VA / 2.1 W 2.1 VA / 2.1 W

Input power 2.1 VA / 2.1 W 2.1 VA / 2.1 W

Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2



Other data

Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 440 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35



Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5)

1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits, see page E143) NO - make contact, NC - break contact4) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E13 and E145) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín

Minia

E10



Specifi cations (for RSI-X installation contactors of one-module design with contact arrangement 10, 20, 11, 02)

Type RSI-25-..-X... RSI-32-..-X... RSI-40-..-X... RSI-63-..-X...

Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1

EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1

EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095

Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04

Rated thermal current Ith 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V

Rated operating current 2) Ie AC-1/AC-7a 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A

AC-3/AC-7b 8.5 A 8.5 A 22 A 30 A

Switched power 3) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 5.4 kW 7 kW 8.7 kW 13.3 kW


AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V 1.3 kW 1.3 kW 3.7 kW 5 kW


Min. switched voltage/current 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA

Max. switching frequency AC-3, AC-7b, AC-1, AC-7a, lighting fi ttings 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr

DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr

no load 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr

Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles

AC-3/AC-7b 500 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles

DC-1 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles


Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 2.2 W 2.5 W 4 W 8 W

Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit

coordination type 2 25 A - 63 A 80 A

coordination type 1 - 32 A - -

Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.6 mm

Make time 15 ÷ 45 ms 15 ÷ 45 ms 15 ÷ 20 ms 15 ÷ 20 ms

Break time 20 ÷ 70 ms 20 ÷ 70 ms 35 ÷ 45 ms 35 ÷ 45 ms

Connection - conductor rigid S 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible S 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 16 mm2 1.5 ÷ 16 mm2




Rated voltage UC AC/DC 24, 230 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 24, 230 V AC/DC 24, 230 V

Operating range UC 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 %

Rated frequency f 40 ÷ 500 Hz 40 ÷ 500 Hz 40 ÷ 500 Hz 40 ÷ 500 Hz

Starting input power 3) 2.6 VA / 2.6 W (3.8 VA / 3.8 W)

2.6 VA / 2.6 W 5 VA / 5 W 5 VA / 5 W

Input power 4) 2.6 VA / 2.6 W (3.8 VA / 3.8 W)

2.6 VA / 2.6 W 5 VA / 5 W 5 VA / 5 W

Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2



Other data

Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 440 V 440 V 440 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35 TH35 TH35

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Ambient temperature -5 ÷ +55 °C -15 ÷ +55 °C -5 ÷ +55 °C -5 ÷ +55 °C


1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits, see page E143) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E13 and E144) Values in parentheses are valid for design with arrangement of contacts 045) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín

Minia

E11



Specifi cations (RSI-X installation contactors of multi-module design with contact arrangement 40, 31, 04)

Type PS-RSI-1100

Standards EN 60947-5-1

Approval marks

Contacts


Rated thermal current Ith 6 A

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V, AC 400 V

Rated operating current Ie AC-15 AC 230 V 6 A

AC 400 V 4 A

Min. switched voltage/current 12 V / 5 mA

Electrical endurance at Ie 50 000 operating cycles

Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles

Power loss at Ie 0.3 W

Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit, coordination type 2 6 A

Min. distance between open contacts 4 mm

Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Torque 0.6 Nm

Screw head type PZ1

Other data

Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 500 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV


Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 2)

1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín

Minia

E12



Specifi cations (for PS-RSI-1100 auxiliary contact)

Minia

E13



Switching of lights - maximum number of light fittings per one contact at AC 230 V, 50 Hz (utilization category AC-5a, AC-5b)

Maximum number of light bulbs

Maximum total current of sources for LED

Maximum number of fl uorescent tubes

Maximum number of fl uorescent tubes with electronic ballast

Maximum number of high-pressure mercury discharge lamps

Installation contactor Lighting fittingType 15 W 25 W 40 W 60 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 200 W 300 W 500 W 1 000 W

0.07 A 0.11 A 0.17 A 0.26 A 0.33 A 0.44 A 0.65 A 0.87 A 1.3 A 2.17 A 4.35 A

RSI-20 133 80 50 33 27 20 13 10 7 4 2

RSI-25 147 88 55 37 29 22 15 11 7 4 2

RSI-32 167 100 63 42 33 25 17 13 8 5 3

RSI-40 267 160 100 67 53 40 27 20 13 8 4

RSI-63 333 200 125 83 67 50 33 25 17 10 5

Installation contactor Max. total currentType

RSI-20 2.4 A

RSI-25 3.8 A

RSI-32 4.0 A

RSI-40 11.0 A

RSI-63 18.0 A

Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel DUO connection

Type 18 W 36 W 58 W18 W

(4.5 μF)36 W

(4.5 μF)58 W(7 μF)

2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 W

0.37 A 0.43 A 0.67 A 0.19 A 0.29 A 0.46 A 0.26 A 0.48 A 0.78 A

RSI-20 24 20 13 7 7 4 31 17 10

RSI-25 30 26 17 8 8 5 40 22 13

RSI-32 35 30 19 9 9 6 50 27 17

RSI-40 54 47 30 49 49 31 100 54 33

RSI-63 86 74 48 73 73 47 150 81 50

Installation contactor With electronic ballastType 18 W 36 W 58 W 80 W 2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 W 2x 80 W

0.09 A 0.16 A 0.25 A 0.40 A 0.17 A 0.31 A 0.48 A 0.76 A

RSI-20 39 22 14 9 21 11 7 5

RSI-25 53 30 19 12 28 15 10 6

RSI-32 57 32 20 13 30 16 11 7

RSI-40 139 78 50 31 74 40 26 16

RSI-63 200 113 72 45 106 58 38 24

Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel

Type 50 W 80 W 125 W 250 W 400 W 700 W 1 000 W50 W(7 μF)

80 W(8 μF)

125 W(10 μF)

250 W(18 μF)

400 W(25 μF)

700 W(40 μF)

1 000 W(60 μF)

0.6 A 0.8 A 1.2 A 2.2 A 3.3 A 5.4 A 7.5 A 0.3 A 0.4 A 0.6 A 1.2 A 1.8 A 3.4 A 4.8 A

RSI-20 14 10 7 4 2 1 1 4 4 3 1 1 - -

RSI-25 18 13 9 5 3 2 1 5 5 4 2 1 - -

RSI-32 20 15 10 6 4 3 2 6 5 4 2 1 1 -

RSI-40 38 29 20 10 7 4 3 31 27 22 12 9 5 4

RSI-63 55 42 29 15 10 6 4 47 41 33 18 13 7 5

Minia

E14



Maximum number of metal halide discharge lamps

Maximum number of high-pressure sodium discharge lamps

Maximum number of low-pressure sodium discharge lamps

Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits (utilization category DC-1 (L/R ≤ 1 ms))


Type 35 W 70 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W 2 000 W35 W(6 μF)

70 W(12 μF)

150 W(20 μF)

250 W(32 μF)

400 W(45 μF)

1 000 W(85 μF)

2 000 W(125 μF)

0.5 A 1 A 1.8 A 3 A 4.6 A 9.7 A 12.2 A 0.23 A 0.42 A 0.77 A 1.26 A 2 A 5 A 10.5 A

RSI-20 18 10 5 3 3 1 - 5 2 1 - - - -

RSI-25 22 12 7 4 3 1 - 6 3 1 1 - - -

RSI-32 28 14 7 4 3 1 1 6 3 1 1 - - -

RSI-40 43 23 12 7 6 2 1 36 18 11 6 5 2 1

RSI-63 60 32 18 10 9 3 2 50 25 15 9 7 3 2

Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel with electronic ballast

Type 150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W150 W(20 μF)

250 W(32 μF)

400 W(45 μF)

1 000 W(100 μF)

150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W

1.8 A 3 A 4.4 A 10.3 A 0.77 A 1.26 A 2 A 5.1 A 0.72 A 1.3 A 2 A 5 A

RSI-20 5 3 2 - 1 - - - 3 2 1 -

RSI-25 6 4 2 1 1 1 - - 4 2 1 -

RSI-32 6 4 2 1 2 1 - - 5 3 2 -

RSI-40 17 10 6 3 11 6 4 2 8 4 3 1

RSI-63 22 13 8 3 16 10 6 3 10 5 4 1


Type 18 W 35 W 55 W 90 W 135 W 180 W18 W(5 μF)

35 W(20 μF)

55 W(20 μF)

90 W(26 μF)

135 W(40 μF)

180 W(40 μF)

0.4 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.35 A 0.28 A 0.35 A 0.55 A 0.8 A 1 A

RSI-20 22 7 7 4 3 3 6 1 1 1 - -

RSI-25 27 9 9 5 4 4 7 1 1 1 - -

RSI-32 60 10 10 6 5 5 8 2 2 1 1 1

RSI-40 71 23 23 14 10 10 44 11 11 8 4 5

RSI-63 90 30 30 19 13 13 66 16 13 12 7 8

Installation contactor Contact loadType Operating voltage Ue 1 contact 2 contacts in series 3 contacts in series 4 contacts in series

RSI-20 DC 24 V 20 A 20 A - -

DC 48 V 15 A 18 A - -

DC 60 V 10 A 15 A - -

DC 110 V 6 A 10 A - -

DC 220 V 0.6 A 6 A - -

RSI-25 DC 24 V 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A

DC 48 V 20 A 25 A 25 A 25 A

DC 60 V 15 A 20 A 25 A 25 A

DC 110 V 6 A 10 A 20 A 20 A

DC 220 V 0.6 A 6 A 15 A 15 A

RSI-32 DC 24 V 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A

DC 48 V 25 A 32 A 32 A 32 A

DC 60 V 15 A 20 A 32 A 32 A

DC 110 V 6 A 10 A 20 A 20 A

DC 220 V 0.6 A 6 A 15 A 15 A

RSI-40 DC 24 V 40 A 40 A 40 A 40 A

DC 48 V 24 A 38 A 40 A 40 A

DC 60 V 18 A 32 A 40 A 40 A

DC 110 V 4 A 10 A 30 A 40 A

DC 220 V 1.2 A 8 A 20 A 40 A

RSI-63 DC 24 V 63 A 63 A 63 A 63 A

DC 48 V 26 A 42 A 63 A 63 A

DC 60 V 20 A 34 A 60 A 63 A

DC 110 V 4 A 10 A 35 A 63 A

DC 220 V 1.2 A 8 A 30 A 63 A

Minia

E15



Working position

Dimensions

RSI-..-..-A... RSI-..-..-.... RSI-..-..-X...

Type Ambient temperature Maximum number of the contactors side by side 2)

RSI-20-..-A...up to 40 °C 3

up to 55 °C 2

RSI-25-..-A... up to 55 °C without limitation

RSI-32-..-A...up to 40 °C 3

up to 55 °C 2



RSI-..-..-X... 1)up to 40 °C 3

up to 55 °C 21) This is valid for all types of contactors with AC/DC control voltage2) After the stated number of contactors it is necessary to create a gap of 0.5 module

15° 15°15° 15°

90°90°

54 447

64

45 90

RSI-40, RSI-63

4.5

17.5

45 90

44

64

7

4.5

RSI-20RSI-32 (10, 20, 11, 02)*

35 447

64

45 90

4.5

RSI-25

RSI-32 (40, 31, 04, 04)*

* Arrangement of contacts

Dependency of RSI installation contactors on ambient temperature

45 90

44

64

9

PS-RSI-1100

Minia

E16



Diagram

..RSI - -10-.... RSI - -02-......

2

1

A2

A1

A2

A1

842 6

1 3 75

A2

A1

42 6

531

R8A2

A1 R7

R8R2 R4 R6

R7R5R3R1

A2

A1

RSI - -20-......

42

1 3

A2

A1

RSI - -11-......

R42

1 R 3A1

A2 R4R2

R1 R3

RSI - - -...... 40 RSI - - -...... 31 RSI - - -...... 04

RSI-..-40-....-M RSI-..-31-....-M

842 6

1 3 75

A2

A1

R842 6

1 3 R75

A2

A1

I

0

I

0

RSI-20-11-....-M

R42

A1 1 R3

A2

I

0

RSI-20-20-....-M

42

1 3

A2

A1

I

0

32 44

31 43

PS-RSI-1100

Minia

E17

RPI Switching devices

INSTALLATION RELAYS RPI



��For control of electric appliances up to 16 A – electric

boilers, convection heaters, water-heaters, storage

heaters and also low power lighting circuits.

��There is ensured such electrical isolation between

the control circuit (coil) and main circuit (contact) as

it is between inlet and outlet lead of the safety trans-

former.

��Light indication at contacts closing.

��Noiseless switching.

��Contacts: 1 make-and-break.

��Control voltage: AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V.



��For control of electric appliances up to 8 A – electric

boilers, convection heaters, water-heaters, storage

heaters and also low power lighting circuits.

��There is ensured such electrical isolation between the

control circuit (coil) and main circuit (contact) as it

is between inlet and outlet lead of the safety trans-

former.

��Light indication at contacts closing.

��Noiseless switching.


� Control voltage: AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V (X230).


� Control voltage: AC 24 ÷ 230 V, DC 24 ÷ 220 V (UNI).

Installation relays RPI-16...

Installation relays RPI-08...

Diagram

Dimensions

906845

26

44

60

5

15

18A1

A2

16A3A3

15

18A1

A2

16

25

2826

25

2826

15

18A1

A2

16

35

3836

RPI-16-001-... RPI-08-002-... RPI-08-003-...

18

A2

A1

38

35

36

18

15

16

25

28

26

18

A3

A2

A1

18

15

16

25

28

26

18

A3

A2

A1

16

15

18

Arrangement Control Colour Type Order Number Weight Package

of contacts 1) voltage Uc of indication code of modules [kg] [pcs]

001AC/DC 24 V

AC 230 Vred RPI-16-001-X230-SC OEZ:43251 1 0.070 1

green RPI-16-001-X230-SE OEZ:43250 1 0.070 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Arrangement Control Colour Type Order Number Weight Package

of contacts 1) voltage Uc of indication code of modules [kg] [pcs]

002AC/DC 24 V

AC 230 Vred RPI-08-002-X230-SC OEZ:43253 1 0.070 1

green RPI-08-002-X230-SE OEZ:43252 1 0.070 1

003AC 24 ÷ 230 V DC 24 ÷ 220 V

red RPI-08-003-UNI-SC OEZ:43255 1 0.070 1

green RPI-08-003-UNI-SE OEZ:43254 1 0.070 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Minia

E18

RPI Switching devices

INSTALLATION RELAYS RPI

Type RPI-16-001-X230 RPI-08-002-X230 RPI-08-003-UNI

Standards EN 60669-2-2 EN 60669-2-2 EN 60669-2-2

Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 002 003

Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC - 1 250 V / 16 A 250 V / 8 A 250 V / 8 A

DC - 1 24 V / 16 A 24 V / 8 A 24 V / 8 A

Max. switched power AC 4 000 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA

DC 384 W 192 W 192 W

Min. voltage/current DC 5 V / 100 mA DC 5 V / 100 mA DC 5 V / 100 mA

Switched power of relay AC - 3 1 kW 200 W 200 W

AC - 5a 288 W (cos φ = 0.8) - -

AC- 5b 1 kW 200 W 200 W

Indication of closed contacts RPI-...-SC red LED red LED red LED

RPI-...-SE green LED green LED green LED

Mechanical endurance 20 000 000 operating cycles 5 000 000 operating cycles 5 000 000 operating cycles

Electrical endurance AC 50 000 operating cycles,DC 30 000 operating cycles

100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles

Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm


Rated voltage Uc terminals A1, A2 AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC 24 ÷ 230 V, DC 24 ÷ 220 V

terminals A2, A3 AC 230 V AC 230 V -

Input power at Uc AC 24 V 0.31 VA 0.30 VA 1.00 VA

DC 24 V 0.34 W 0.34 W 0.82 W

AC 230 V 3.24 VA 3.45 VA 1.15 VA

DC 220 V - - 0.92 W

Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50Hz 50 Hz



Other data

Mounting on “U” rail according EN 60715 – type TH35 TH35 TH35


Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Specifi cations

Minia

E19

MIG Switching devices

IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG

Impulse relay 20 A

Arrangement Rated Type Order Number Weight Package

of contacts 1) control voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]

10 AC 230 V MIG-20-10-A230 OEZ:43184 1 0.135 1

11 AC 230 V MIG-20-11-A230 OEZ:43185 1 0.135 1

20 AC 230 V MIG-20-20-A230 OEZ:43186 1 0.135 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Impulse relay 32 A



11AC 230 V MIG-32-11-A230 OEZ:43190 1 0.135 1

AC 24 V MIG-32-11-A024 OEZ:43257 1 0.135 1

20AC 230 V MIG-32-20-A230 OEZ:43191 1 0.135 1

AC 24 V MIG-32-20-A024 OEZ:43258 1 0.135 1

31AC 230 V MIG-32-31-A230 OEZ:43256 2 0.195 1

AC 24 V MIG-32-31-A024 OEZ:43259 2 0.195 1

40AC 230 V MIG-32-40-A230 OEZ:43193 2 0.195 1

AC 24 V MIG-32-40-A024 OEZ:43260 2 0.195 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Impulse relay 63 A



31AC 230 V MIG-63-31-A230 OEZ:43269 4 0.400 1

AC 24 V MIG-63-31-A024 OEZ:43271 4 0.400 1

40AC 230 V MIG-63-40-A230 OEZ:43270 4 0.400 1

AC 24 V MIG-63-40-A024 OEZ:43272 4 0.400 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

��For switching of electric circuits by impulse command

from more points in a corridor, on stairs, in the whole

house etc.

��Power impulse relay with Ith

up to 63 A and control voltage

AC 24 V and AC 230 V.

��Mainly for control of high power lighting circuits, see

the tables below.

��The lighting circuits can be controlled by push-buttons

instead of a combination of crossbar and three-way

switches.

��Saving on the cost of wires - it is possible to use smaller

cross-sections for the control circuit than for power

circuit.

��It brings higher comfort of control - for example it is

possible to switch off all lights by one push-button

when leaving the house (by means of OD-MIG-CO1

central control block and OD-MIG-CO2 multi-level

central control block).

��Possibility of manual switching from the front of the

device (I-0). The switch lever indicates contact state.

��Possibility of permanent manual switching off the relay

coil from the front of the device. If the switch is in OFF

position, it is not possible to control the relay electri-

cally. This can be used in maintenance or similar activity.

��High number of contacts; the version with up to four

contacts is suffi cient for switching most circuits.

Further increase in the number of contacts can be

performed by installation of the auxiliary switch

PS- MIG-1100 on the side of the relay.

Impulse relay - mechanical

Minia

E20



��Mainly for the indication of position of main contacts.

��Contacts: 1 make + 1 break.

��Installation: by means of plastic latches, and tightening

the screw on the right side of the impulse relay.

��It is possible to mount one auxiliary switch on one im-

pulse relay.

��They are suitable for application in SELV and PELV

circuits - suffi cient insulation is provided between

the circuit breaker and the auxiliary switch..

��Width: 9 mm.

��AC-15, AC-21: Ie = 6 A, Ue = 250 V.

��It enables central control of relays.

��It contains a switch and diodes, which ensure correct

transfer of the signal to the impulse relays - see the

diagram and connection examples.

��Installation: by means of plastic latches, and tightening

the screw on the right side of the impulse relay.

��Description: each impulse memory relay is locally con-

trolled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set

of impulse memory relays is controlled simultaneously

from relevant point (central control).

��Rated operating voltage: AC 250 V.

��It enables multi-level central control of relays.

��It contains diodes, which ensure correct transfer of the

signal to the impulse relays - see the diagram and

connection examples.

��Max. number of MIG impulse relays in a group con-

trolled by 1 piece of OD-MIG-CO2:

– 20 pcs (for MIG with Uc = AC 230 V)

– 2 pcs (for MIG with Uc = AC 24 V)

��Mounting: on „U“ rail.

��Description: each impulse memory relay is locally con-

trolled by push-buttons (local control); each level or

set of impulse memory relays is controlled simultane-

ously from relevant point (central control); all levels

are jointly controlled by a single command from

a point (multi-level central control).

��Rated operating voltage: AC 250 V.

��It enables control of the MIG relay up to 50 control

push-buttons with glow lamp/LED. With 0.5 mA /

push-button, max. consumption is 50 * 0.5 = 25 mA.

��Connection: parallel with MIG (compensation block

OD-MIR-BK is a common accessory with impulse relay

MIR), see page E27.

��Rated voltage: AC 230 V

��Max. voltage: AC 400 V.

��Capacity: 3x 1 μF.

Auxiliary switch PS-MIG-1100

Central control block OD-MIG-CO1

Multi-level central control block OD-MIG-CO2

Compensation block OD-MIR-BK

Accessories



PS-MIG-1100 OEZ:43208 0.5 0.030 1



OD-MIG-CO2 OEZ:43211 0.5 0.030 1



OD-MIG-CO1 OEZ:43210 0.5 0.030 1



OD-MIR-BK OEZ:35676 1 0.055 1

Minia

E21



Central control of the 1st group impulse relays

Central control of the 2nd group impulse relays

L N

OFF

ON

OFFOD-MIG-CO1

MIG...

Local A1A2

ON11

OFFOD-MIG-CO1

MIG...

Local A1A2

ON11

OFF

ON

OFFOD-MIG-CO1

MIG...

Local A1A2

ON11

OFFOD-MIG-CO1

MIG...

Local A1A2

ON11

L N

Local

MIG...

A1A2

1 2

Local

MIG...

A1A2

1 2

Local control of impulse relays

Local + central control

Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set

of impulse relays is controlled simultaneously from relevant point (central control).

Local + central + multi-level central control

Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set of impulse

relays is controlled simultaneously from relevant point (central control); all levels are jointly con-

trolled by a single command from a point (multi-level central control).

Connection examples

OFF

ON

OFFOD-MIG-CO1

MIG...

Local A1A2

ON11

OFFOD-MIG-CO1

MIG...

Local A1A2

ON11

OFF

ON

OFFOD-MIG-CO1

MIG...

Local A1A2

ON11

OFFOD-MIG-CO1

MIG...

Local A1A2

ON11

NL

OFF

ON

OD-MI -C21

43

OD-MI21

43

Central control of the 1st and 2nd group impulse relays.



Local control

Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons.

Type MIG-20 MIG-32 MIG-63

Standards EN 60669-2-2 EN 60669-2-2 EN 61095

EN 60947-4-1

Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 10, 11, 20 11, 20, 31, 40 31, 40

Rated thermal current Ith 20 A 32 A 63 A

Rated operating voltage Ue 440 V 440 V 440 V

Rated operating current Ie AC-1/AC-7a 20 A 32 A 63 A

AC-2 10 A 16 A 32 A

AC-3/AC-7b 7 A 10 A 30 A

Switched power 2) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 4.4 kW 7 kW 13.8 kW

3-phase AC 400 V - 21 kW 41.5 kW

AC-2 1-phase AC 230 V 1.5 kW 2.4 kW 4.8 kW

3-phase AC 400 V - 7.2 kW 14.4 kW

AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V 0.5 kW 1.1 kW 3.7 kW

3-phase AC 400 V - 5.5 kW 15 kW

Min. switched voltage/current 10 V / 100 mA 10 V / 100 mA 10 V / 100 mA

Max. switching frequency AC-1, AC-7a 600 operating cycles/hr 450 operating cycles/hr 360 operating cycles/hr

AC-2 120 operating cycles/hr 120 operating cycles/hr 120 operating cycles/hr

AC-3, AC-7b 600 operating cycles/hr 450 operating cycles/hr 360 operating cycles/hr

DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr

no load 900 operating cycles/hr 450 operating cycles/hr 450 operating cycles/hr

Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 1.5 W 3 W 3.5 W



Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit, coordination type 1 20 A 32 A 63 A

Connection - conductor rigid and flexible 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2

Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 2 Nm

Screw head type PZ2 PZ2 PZ2


Rated control voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 24; 230 V AC 24; 230 V

Operating range Uc 90 ÷ 110 % 90 ÷ 110 % 90 ÷ 110 %

Impulse length min. 50 ms and max. 1 hr min. 50 ms and max. 1 hr min. 50 ms and max. 1 hr

Dwell between two impulses min. 150 ms min. 150 ms min. 150 ms

Power loss for longer impulse 3) 4 W 4 W 4 W

Rated frequency fc 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Max. total load of push-buttons with orientation lighting (glow lamps, LEDs etc.) 4) 2.5 mA 2.5 mA 2.5 mA

Connection - conductor rigid and flexible 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1÷ 4 mm2


Screw head type PZ1 PZ1 PZ1

Other data

Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 440 V 440 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35 TH35


Ambient temperature -25 ÷ + 55 °C -25 ÷ + 55 °C -25 ÷ + 55 °C

Separation of coil-contact circuits for application of SELV/PELV � � �Central control � � �Multi-level central control 5) � � �1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E23 and E243) Information for the case when the relay is excited by a long impulse, although a short impulse is suffi cient for the change of the contact condition; in case of the short impulse, the power loss is not applied4) Common orientation lighting (glow lamp/LED) on one push-button takes 0.5 mA, altogether it is possible to connect 5 push-buttons with orientation lighting (5 x 0.5 = 2.5 mA). To increase the number of push-buttons use the OD-MIR-BK compensation block5) The OD-MIG-CO2 block for multi-level central control is necessary to use for multi-level central control. Max. number of MIG impulse relays in a group controlled by 1 piece of OD-MIG-CO2: 20 pcs (for MIG with

Uc = 230 V) and 2 pcs (for MIG with U

c = 24 V)

Minia

E22



Specifi cations

Minia

E23



Switching of lights - maximum number of light fittings per one contact at AC 230 V, 50 Hz (utilization category AC-5a, AC-5b)

Impulse memory relay

Maximum total current of sources for LED

Maximum number of fl uorescent tubes

Maximum number of fl uorescent tubes with electronic ballast

Maximum number of high-pressure mercury discharge lamps

Impulse memory relay Max. total currentTyp

MIG-20 6 A

MIG-32 12 A

MIG-63 25 A

Impulse memory relay Uncompensated Compensated in parallel DUO connection

Type 18 W 36 W 58 W18 W

(4,5 μF)36 W

(4,5 μF)58 W(7 μF)

2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 W

0.37 A 0.43 A 0.67 A 0.19 A 0.29 A 0.46 A 0.26 A 0.48 A 0.78 A

MIG-20 43 37 24 22 22 14 62 33 21

MIG-32 43 37 24 33 33 21 62 33 21

MIG-63 86 74 48 73 73 47 123 67 41

Impulse memory relay With electronic ballastType 18 W 36 W 58 W 80 W 2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 W 2x 80 W

0.09 A 0.16 A 0.25 A 0.40 A 0.17 A 0.31 A 0.48 A 0.76 A

MIG-20 67 38 24 15 35 19 13 8

MIG-32 133 75 48 30 71 39 25 16

MIG-63 278 156 100 63 147 81 52 33

Impulse memory relay Uncompensated Compensated in parallel

Type 50 W 80 W 125 W 250 W 400 W 700 W 1 000 W50 W(7 μF)

80 W(8 μF)

125 W(10 μF)

250 W(18 μF)

400 W(25 μF)

700 W(40 μF)

1 000 W(60 μF)

0.6 A 0.8 A 1.2 A 2.2 A 3.3 A 5.4 A 7.5 A 0.3 A 0.4 A 0.6 A 1.2 A 1.8 A 3.4 A 4.8 A

MIG-20 27 20 13 7 5 3 2 14 13 10 6 4 3 2

MIG-32 27 20 13 7 5 3 2 21 19 15 8 6 4 3

MIG-63 53 40 27 15 10 6 4 47 41 33 18 13 8 6

Impulse memory relay Lighting fittingType 15 W 25 W 40 W 60 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 200 W 300 W 500 W 1 000 W

0.07 A 0.11 A 0.17 A 0.26 A 0.33 A 0.44 A 0.65 A 0.87 A 1.3 A 2.17 A 4.35 A

MIG-20 133 80 50 33 27 20 13 10 7 4 2

MIG-32 233 140 88 58 47 35 23 18 12 7 4

MIG-63 467 280 175 117 93 70 47 35 23 14 7

Minia

E24



Maximum number of high-pressure sodium discharge lamps

Maximum number of low-pressure sodium discharge lamps

Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits (utilization category DC-1 (L/R ≤ 1 ms))

Impulse memory relay Uncompensated Compensated in parallel with electronic ballast

Type 150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W150 W(20 μF)

250 W(32 μF)

400 W(45 μF)

1 000 W(100 μF)

150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W

1.8 A 3 A 4.4 A 10.3 A 0.77 A 1.26 A 2 A 5.1 A 0.72 A 1.3 A 2 A 5 A

MIG-20 13 5 4 1 5 3 2 - 8 5 3 1

MIG-32 13 5 4 1 8 5 3 1 17 9 6 2

MIG-63 27 11 7 3 17 10 7 3 35 19 13 5


Type 18 W 35 W 55 W 90 W 135 W 180 W18 W(5 μF)

35 W(20 μF)

55 W(20 μF)

90 W(26 μF)

135 W(40 μF)

180 W(40 μF)

0.4 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.35 A 0.28 A 0.35 A 0.55 A 0.8 A 1 A

MIG-20 40 27 27 18 18 18 20 5 5 4 3 3

MIG-32 40 27 27 18 18 18 30 8 8 6 4 4

MIG-63 80 53 53 36 36 36 66 17 17 13 8 8

Impulse memory relay Contact loadType Operating voltage Ue 1 contact 2 contacts in series 3 contacts in series 4 contacts in series

MIG-20 DC 24 V 20 A 20 A - -

DC 48 V 15 A 18 A - -

DC 60 V 10 A 15 A - -

DC 110 V 5 A 8 A - -

DC 220 V 0,5 A 4 A - -

MIG-32 DC 24 V 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A

DC 48 V 25 A 28 A 32 A 32 A

DC 60 V 20 A 22 A 28 A 32 A

DC 110 V 7 A 12 A 22 A 25 A

DC 220 V 0,7 A 6 A 18 A 20 A

MIG-63 DC 24 V 63 A 63 A 63 A 63 A

DC 48 V 35 A 42 A 63 A 63 A

DC 60 V 30 A 34 A 60 A 63 A

DC 110 V 10 A 16 A 35 A 63 A

DC 220 V 1,2 A 10 A 30 A 63 A

Maximum number of metal halide discharge lamps


Type 35 W 70 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W 2 000 W35 W(6 μF)

70 W(12 μF)

150 W(20 μF)

250 W(32 μF)

400 W(45 μF)

1 000 W(85 μF)

2 000 W(125 μF)

0.5 A 1.0 A 1.8 A 3.0 A 4.6 A 9.7 A 12.2 A 0.23 A 0.42 A 0.77 A 1.26 A 2.0 A 5.0 A 10.5 A

MIG-20 32 16 9 5 3 2 1 17 8 5 3 2 1 -

MIG-32 32 16 9 5 3 2 1 25 13 8 5 3 2 1

MIG-63 64 32 18 11 7 3 3 55 28 17 10 7 4 3

Minia

E25



15° 15°

90°90°

15° 15°

90°90°

Working position

MIG-63MIG-20MIG-32

Dimensions

445

60

45 90

70 445

6045 90

2

1

A2

A1

42 6

531

8A2

A1 7

42

1 3A1

A2 842 6

1 3 75

A2

A1

42

1 3

A2

A1

0

I

0

I

0

I

0

I

0

I

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Diagram

MIG-20MIG-32 (11, 20)* MIG-63MIG-32 (31, 40)*

35.217.6

MIG-..-10-.... MIG-..-11-.... MIG-..-20-.... MIG-..-31-.... MIG-..-40-....

* Arrangement of contacts

Type PS-MIG-1100 OD-MIG-CO1 OD-MIG-CO2


Approval marks

Contacts

Arrangement of contacts 1) 11 001 -

Rated thermal current Ith 6 A - -


Rated operating current Ie AC-15 1-phase AC 230 V 6 A - -

Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Min. switched voltage/current 12 V / 5 mA - -

Electrical endurance at Ie 100 000 operating cycles - -

Mechanical endurance 1 000 000 operating cycles 1 000 000 operating cycles -

Power loss at Ie 0.3 W - -

Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit, coordination type 1 6 A - -

Min. distance between open contacts > 3 mm - -

Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2


Screw type PZ1 PZ1 PZ1

Screw type

Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 440 V AC 250 V AC 250 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV - -

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP201) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Minia

E26



Specifi cations

OD-MIG-CO2

8.8 44

60

5

45 90

1

3

4

2

PS-MIG-1100 OD-MIG-CO1 OD-MIG-CO2

14

13

22

21

24

1

3

ON

11

OFF

Dimensions

Diagram

PS-MIG-1100

8.8 44

60

45 90

8.8

13

21

22

14

11

ON

OFF

OD-MIG-CO1

Minia

E27

MIR Switching devices

IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIR

��For electric circuit switching up to 16 A by impulse

command from more points in a corridor, on stairs, in

the whole house etc.

��Mainly for control of low power lighting circuits, with

accent on limitation of noise in switching.

��The lighting circuits can be controlled by push-buttons

instead of a combination of crossbar and three-way

switches.

��Saving on the cost of wires - it is possible to use smaller

cross-sections for the control circuit than for power

circuit.

��It brings higher comfort of control - for example it is pos-

sible to switch off all lights by one push-button when

leaving the house.

��The relay does not need permanent power supply; it is

supplied only for the time of control impulse duration.

�� The position of the make-and-break contact can only

be changed by applying an impulse on the following

inputs (supply voltage failures have no eff ect):

– ON/OFF input - each impulse led on this input

changes the contact position (local control of the

impulse relay)

– ON input - each impulse led on this input switches

the contact to position 11-14

– OFF input – each impulse led on this input switches

the contact to position 11-12.

Impulse relay - electronic



MIR-16-001-A230 OEZ:35675 1 0.085 1



OD-MIR-BK OEZ:35676 1 0.055 1



OD-MIR-CO OEZ:35677 1 0.05 1

��It enables control of relay by more than 15 control

push-buttons with glow discharge tube.

��Connection: parallel with MIR.

��Rated voltage: AC 230 V.

��Max. voltage: AC 400 V.

��Capacity: 3x 1 μF.

��It enables multi-level central control of MIR.

��Rated voltage: AC 230 V.

��Each impulse memory relay is locally controlled by

push-buttons (local control); each level or set of im-

pulse memory relays is controlled simultaneously

from relevant point (central control); all levels are

jointly controlled by a single command from a point

(multi-level central control).

Compensation block OD-MIR-BK

Multi-level central control block OD-MIR-CO

Accessories

Type MIR-16-001-A230


Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 2) 001

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V

Rated current In AC-1 16 A

AC-5a 2 A

Max. switched power 2) 4 000 VA

Lamp load max. 460 W / 230 V

Max. fl uorescent tube load compensated cos φ = 0.8 8x 36 W

uncompensated cos φ = 0.5 25x 36 W, 13x 65 W

Min. switched power 50 mW (10 V / 5 mA)

Rated frequency fn 50 Hz



Switching frequency 10 operating cycles/min

Connection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Torque 0.5 Nm

Control circuit

Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V


Min. excitation time 200 ms

Max. excitation time unlimited

Min. time period between pulses 1 s

Max. number of push-buttons with glow lamp 1.1 mA 15 pcs 3)


Torque 0.5 Nm

Other data



Ambient temperature -20 ÷ + 50 °C

Working position Arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2) Diff erent contact sequence or load increase can be solved by the use of installation contactors RSI3) On ON input and OFF output there must be the same number of push-buttons with a glow discharge tube. For the number of push-buttons with a glow discharge tube higher than 15 it is necessary to use

the compensation block OD-MIR-BK

Minia

E28



Specifi cations

Dimensions

17.517.517.5

~88

24~4.5

44

62

45 65.5

86

8

2

7

4

A2A2

6A2A2

5A2A2

OD-MIR-COOD-MIR-BKMIR-16-001-A230

ON/OFF

ON

OFF

14

12

11

Minia

E29



Graph

Diagram

Connection examples

Local control

��Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons.

ON/OFF

ON

OFF

11-14

MIR-16-001-A230

A2

ONON/OFF OFF

1412

11

A2 5

7

6

2

8

4

OD-MIR-BK OD-MIR-CO

L N


MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

ON/OFF

ON/OFF

Central controlof the 1st and 2nd group impulse relays



L N


MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11


MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

5

7 4

2

6

OD-MIR-CO

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON



L N


MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

OFF

ON


MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

OFF

ON

Minia

E30



Local + central control

��Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set

of impulse relays is controlled simultaneously from relevant point (central control).

Connection of signalling of pushed button

��When the connection of signalling of pushed button is done according to the fi gure relay can be controlled only by ON/OFF input. In such case of signalling connection when the ON or OFF

button is pushed the current is closed through the relay electronics and thus can damage it.

Local + central + multi-level central control

��Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set

of impulse relays is controlled simultaneously from relevant point (central control); all

levels are jointly controlled by a single command from a point (multi-level central control).

L N

MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

ON/OFF

ON

OFF

L N

MIR-16-001-A230

A2

14

12

11

ON/OFF

Signalling of pushed button Signalling of pushed button

I

Minia

E31

MCR Switching devices

TIME RELAYS MCR

��For switching of electric circuits up to 8 A depending on

the set time, function and connection.

��Time range: 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr.

��Large number of functions with various control options:

delayed operation, impulse after switching on, in-

terval relay starting with pause/impulse, reaction to

connecting/disconnecting delay, reaction to connec-

tion/disconnection of supply voltage, reaction only to

control impulse edge,...

��Universal supply voltage:

AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V (MCR-...-001-UNI),

AC 24 ÷ 230 V / DC 24 ÷ 220 V (MCR-...-003-UNI).

��Time and function setting by knobs and change-over

switches on the front panel of the device.

��The TEST function making possible permanent change-

over of output contacts (check of electric circuit func-

tionality).

��Light indication at contacts closing (yellow LED).

��Light indication of presence of supply voltage (green

LED).

��Each impulse led on input TL causes restart of timing

depending on the set function.

��In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connected to

terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.

��For periodical switching of electrical circuits up to 8 A

according to two mutually independent set times.

��Time range: 0.1 s ÷ 10 days.

��Universal supply voltage:

AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V.

��Possibility of selection of start of timing - delayed opera-

tion / impulse for switching on.

��Light indication at contacts closing (yellow LED).


LED).

��In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connected to

terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.

Multiple-function time relays

Timing relays

Number Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package

of functions of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

9001 MCR-MA-001-UNI OEZ:43239 1 0.105 1003 MCR-MA-003-UNI OEZ:43240 1 0.105 1

18001 MCR-MB-001-UNI OEZ:43241 1 0.105 1003 MCR-MB-003-UNI OEZ:43242 1 0.105 1

1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts



001 MCR-TK-001-UNI OEZ:43243 1 0.105 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Minia

E32


TIME RELAYS MCR

Description of MCR-MA, MCR-MB

Description of MCR-TK

Example of time setting:

1 min x 0.7 = 42 sec

10h10hrr

OFFOFF

10s10s1s1s

10m10m1m1m

1h1hrr

1d1dayay10d10daysays

testtest

P�íklad nastavení �asu:

1 min x 0.7 = 42 sec

.7.7

.1.1

.3.3

.5.5

.9.911

Terminals A1-A2 for connection of supply voltage

��Rated voltage Un: AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V or AC/DC 24 ÷ 220 V.

��In AC circuits L and N conductors can be arbitrarily connected to terminals A1, A2.

��In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connected to terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.

Terminals A1-A2 for connection of supply voltage

��Rated voltage Un: AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V.

��In AC circuits L and N conductors can be arbitrarily connected to terminals A1, A2.

��In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connected to terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.

Knobs for function selection F1-F9

��By means of the knobs it is possible to set the requested

function of the time relay F1 ÷ F8 and TEST (F9).

��In selection of functions F10 ÷ F18 it is necessary to put

the knob to position OFF.

Control knobs t1, t2

��Minimum set time t1 or t2: 0.1 s.

��Maximum set time t1 or t2: 10 days.

��Stability of t1 and t2 set value at permanent power supply

- max. 2 % t1 or t2 .

Indication of presence of supply voltage

��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously

lighting green LED.



lighting green LED.

Indication of output relay contact closing

��Yellow continuously lighting LED indicates closing of the

contact 15-18.

Indication of output relay contact closing

��Yellow continuously lighting LED indicates closing of the

contact 15-18.

Control knobs

��For switching time setting

– upper knob defi nes time range:

1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 1 hr, 10 hr, 100 hr

– lower knob for setting of a multiple of the time range

(0.1 ÷ 1).

minimum set time: 0.1 s

maximum set time: 100 hr

Terminal TL for control of relay

��Control impulse can be excited by connection of A1-TL.

��Min./max. excitation time: 15 ms / unlimited.

Terminal ZP

��For setting of relay start.

��If the terminal is not interconnected, the relay starts in

the mode of impulse after switching.

��If the terminal is interconnected with terminal A1, the

relay starts in delayed operation mode.

Knobs for function selection F10-F18

��By means of the knobs it is possible to set the requested

function of the time relay F10 ÷ F18.

��In selection of functions F1 ÷ F9 it is necessary to put the

knob to position OFF.

��The MCR-MA design does not contain this knob.

Example of time setting:

U

R42 s 30 min

t2ZPA1

10h10hrr

OFFOFF

10s10s1s1s

10m10m1m1m

1h1hrr


testtest

1 h x 0.5 = 30 minh

.7.7

.1.1

.3.3

.5.5

.9.911

t1 t2

10h10hrr

OFFOFF

10s10s1s1s

10m10m1m1m

1h1hrr


testtest

1 min x 0.7 = 42 s

.7.7

.1.1

.3.3

.5.5

.9.911

t2UU

RR42 s42 s

t1 t130 min30 min

t2t2ZPZPA1A1

10h

OFF

10s1s

10m1m

1h

1d10d

test

h

.7

.1

.3

.5

.91

10h

OFF

10s1s

10m1m

1h

1d10d

test

.7

.1

.3

.5

.91

t1 t2t2

1 min x 0.7 = 42 s 1 hr x 0.5 = 30 min

Minia

E33


TIME RELAYS MCR

Type MCR-MA MCR-MB MCR-TK

Standards EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 001; 003 001; 003 001Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 8 A 250 V / 8 A 250 V / 8 A

DC-1 24 V / 8 A 24 V / 8 A 24 V / 8 AMax. switched power AC-1 2 000 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA

DC-1 192 W 192 W 192 W

AC-3 200 W 200 W 200 W

AC-5b 200 W 200 W 200 W

Max. switched voltage AC 400 V (5 A) AC 400 V (5 A) AC 400 V (5 A)

DC 150 V (0,3 A) DC 150 V (0,3 A) DC 150 V (0,3 A)

Max. switched voltage DC 5 V / 100 mA DC 5 V / 100 mA DC 5 V / 100 mAIndication of closed contact yellow LED yellow LED yellow LED






Rated voltage Uc type MCR-..-..1-… AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V

type MCR-..-..3-… AC 24 ÷ 230 V / DC24 ÷ 220 V AC 24 ÷ 230 V / DC 24 ÷ 220 V -

Dwell between applied Uc 0.1 s 0.1 s 3 s

Consumption at AC 12 / 230 V 0.7 VA / 2.1 VA 0.7 VA / 2.1 VA 0.7 VA / 2.1 VAat DC 12 / 220 V 0.9 W / 1.2 W 0.9 W / 1.2 W 0.9 W / 1.2 W

Supply voltage indication green LED green LED green LED

Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz



Control impulse

Excitation 2) through interconnection of A1-TL through interconnection of A1-TL -

Min. excitation time 15 ms 15 ms -

Max. excitation time unlimited unlimited -Consumption at AC 12 / 230 V 0.5 VA / 0.5 VA 0.5 VA / 0.5 VA -

at DC 12 / 220 V 1 W / 1W 1 W / 1W -

Time circuit

Range 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr 0.1 s ÷ 10 days

Method of setting t control knobs on the front panel control knobs on the front panel control knobs on the front panel

Stability of set value at permanent power supply max. 2 % t max. 2 % t max. 2 % t

Other data

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35 TH35 TH35

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Specifi cations

Dimensions

MCR-MA-003-UNI MCR-MB-001-UNI

18 26

44

60

5

18

15

1618

TLA2A1

1615

18

MCR-MA-001-UNI

18

38

35

36

18

15

16

25

28

26

18

A2A1

MCR-MB-003-UNI MCR-TK-001-UNI

18

TLA138

35

36

18

15

16

25

28

26

A2TLA2A1

TLA1

A2

18

16

ZP

15

906845

Minia

E34


TIME RELAYS MCR

Graphs of functions

t t

Un

TLR

t t

t

Un

TLR

t t t t

t

Un

TLR

t t t t

t

Un

TLR

t t t

t

Un

TLR

t t t

t

Un

TLR

t t

Un

TLR

t

Un

TLR

t t

Un

TLR

t t

Un

TLR

tt t t t t

t t

Un

TLR

t t t t t t

t t

Un

TLR

tt t t t

t t

Un

TLR

t t t t t

t t

Un

TLR

t t

Un

TLR

t

t t

Un

TLR

t t t

Un

TLR

t t

Un

TLR

t t

t 0,5 s 0,5 st

Un

R

t t

Un

TLR

t

Un

TLR

t t

Un

TLR

t t

Un

TLR

t t t

Un

TLR

F6

F4

F5

TEST = ONF9

F7

F8

F1

F2

F3

MCR-MA-...

F1

F4

F2

F5

F3

F6

F13

F16

F14

F17

F15

F18

MCR-MB-...

F7

F8

TEST = ONF9

F10

F11

F12

t t

Un

TLR

U

R t1 t1 t1t2 t2 t2

U

R t2 t2 t2t1 t1 t1

MCR-TK-...

ZPA1 ZPA1 TEST = ON

Note: Letter „R“ in the graphs indicates making of contacts 15-18, or 25-28 and 35-38.

MCR-MA-003-UNI MCR-MB-001-UNIMCR-MA-001-UNI MCR-MB-003-UNI MCR-TK-001-UNI

TL

15

18A1

A2

16 TL

15

18A1

A2

16

25

2826

35

3836

T T T

TL

15

18A1

A2

16

T

TL

15

18A1

A2

16

25

2826

35

3836

T

15

18A1

A2

16

Diagram

Minia

E35

MAE, MAN, MAA Switching devices

TIMERS

��Daily program.

��Switching time setting: by plastic plates along the pe-

rimeter of the knob.

��Shortest switching interval 15 min.

��Without run reserve.

��Weekly and daily program.

��Switching time setting: by push-buttons on the front

panel of the device.

��Shortest switching interval: 1 s.

��Run reserve 3 years, replaceable battery.

��Daily program.

��Switching time setting: by plastic plates along the pe-

rimeter of the knob.

��Shortest switching interval 15 min.

��Run reserve 100 hours.






��Selection of one of 15 languages including Czech.

��For real time load switching up to 16 A / 250 V.

��Change-over switch automatic run / permanent opera-

tion / permanent off .




Analog MAE-A

Analog MAN-A

Digital MAE-D

Digital MAN-D

Timers – economical

Timers - standard


of contacts11) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

Analogmini 100 MAE-A16-100-A230-MINI OEZ:43078 1 0.082 1standard 001 MAE-A16-001-A230 OEZ:43067 3 0.153 1

Digital1-channel 001 MAE-D16-001-A230 OEZ:43068 2 0.139 12-channel 002 MAE-D16-002-A230 OEZ:43069 2 0.161 1



of contacts11) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

Analogmini 100 MAN-A16-100-A230-MINI OEZ:43070 1 0.085 1standard 001 MAN-A16-001-A230 OEZ:43071 3 0.155 1

Digital1-channel 001 MAN-D16-001-A230 OEZ:43072 2 0.173 12-channel 002 MAN-D16-002-A230 OEZ:43073 2 0.197 1


Minia

E36


TIMERS


��Digital - Astro.




��Switching on and off at sunrise/sunset.

��Combination of Astro function with switching according

to internal clock.





��Selection of one of 15 languages including Czech.

��Timer Astro makes it possible to shift the switching

on/off time by means of time correction by up

to 120 minutes. The contact switching is shifted

against the sunset/sunrise by a set time. Time

correction does not take into account the diff er-

ent length of twilight in the summer and winter.

��Timer Astro makes it possible to shift the switching

on/off time by means of angular correction by up

to 12 minutes. The contact switching is shifted

against the sunset/sunrise depending on the sun

position to the horizon. Angular correction elimi-

nates diff erent length of twilight in the summer

and winter. Angular correction enables switching

at the same brightness throughout the year.

��USB adapter for programming the timer by means of PC.

��Data key to backup and copy the set program.

��Applicable for MAN-D16 and MAA-D16.

Switching of shop-window lighting, the setting, for example:

– We set the switching on the shop-window lighting

15 minutes before sunset by means of Astro func-

tion with manual correction -15 minutes, so that the

shop-window is well illuminated still before dusk.

– To save energy, we set the shop-window switching off

at 23:00 and switching on at 4:00. This setting is on

the basis of the internal time of the timer.

– For sunrise, we set the switching off the shop-window

lighting by means of the Astro function (without cor-

rection).

Timers Astro

Setting the switching time

Accessories of digital program timers MAN, MAA

Example of switching of shop-window lighting



Digital1-channel 001 MAA-D16-001-A230 OEZ:43074 2 0.173 12-channel 002 MAA-D16-002-A230 OEZ:43075 2 0.197 1


0 hr 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 hr

1

0

+12˚

-50 ’

-12 ˚

0 hr 3 21 24 hrt

1

0max. 120 minmax. 120 min

6 9 12 15 18

day

night

Type Description Order Weight Package

code [kg] [pcs]

OD-MA-USB USB adapter OEZ:43077 0.111 1OD-MA-DK Data key OEZ:43076 0.015 1

Economical StandardType MAE-A16-100-A230-MINI MAE-A16-001-A230 MAN-A16-100-A230-MINI MAN-A16-001-A230

Standards EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7

Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 100 001 100 001Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V

Rated current Ie 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 ASwitched power AC-1 3 680 W 3 680 W 3 680 W 3 680 W

AC-3 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 000 W

AC-5a uncompensated 1 400 VA 1 400 VA 1 400 VA 1 400 VAAC-5a compensated 58 W / 7 μF 58 W / 7 μF 58 W / 7 μF 58 W / 7 μF

AC-5b 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 000 W

Min. switched power 4 V / 1 mA 4 V / 1 mA 4 V / 1 mA 4 V / 1 mARated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz


Electrical endurance 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles

Connection - conductor rigid 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2


Time circuit

Min. switching interval 15 min 30 min 15 min 30 min

Min. time unit 15 min 15 min 15 min 15 min

Program daily daily daily daily

Run accuracy according to network frequency 50 Hz

according to network frequency 50 Hz

±2 s/day ±2 s/day

Switching accuracy ±5 min ±5 min ±5 min ±5 min

Run reserve - - 100 hr 100 hr

Battery type - - NiMH NiMH

Possibility of battery replacement - - yes yes

Charging time - - min. 48 hr min. 48 hr

Supply circuit

Rated control voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V

Operating range 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc

Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Rated power loss Pv 0.85 W 0.85 W 0.6 W 0.6 W

Connection - conductor rigid 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2


Other data

Mounting on “U” rails according 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30Ambient temperature -10 ÷ +55 °C -10 ÷ +55 °C -10 ÷ +55 °C -10 ÷ +55 °C

Ambient temperature arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Minia

E37


TIMERS

Specifi cations of analog program timer

Economical Standard AstroType MAE-D16-001-A230 MAE-D16-002-A230 MAN-D16-001-A230 MAN-D16-002-A230 MAA-D16-001-A230 MAA-D16-002-A230

Standards EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7

Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 002 001 002 001 002Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V

Rated current Ie 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 ASwitched power AC-1 4 000 W 4 000 W 3 680 W 3 680 W 3 680 W 3 680 W

AC-3 1 800 W 1 800 W 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W

AC-5a uncompensated

2 500 VA 2 500 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA

AC-5a compensated

60 W / 7 uF 60 W / 7 uF 600 W / 70 μF 600 W / 70 μF 600 W / 70 μF 600 W / 70 μF

AC-5b 1 200 W 1 200 W 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W

Min. switched voltage/current 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mARated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Mechanical endurance 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles

Electrical endurance 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles

Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2


Time circuit

Min. switching interval 1 min 1 min 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 s

Min. time unit 1 min 1 min 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 s

Program weekly weekly weekly weekly weekly weekly

Automatic summer/winter time change yes yes yes yes yes yes

Number of memory places 2814 on each channel

56 28 on each channel

56 28 on each channel

Pre-set blocks in the week

Mo-Su, Mo-Fr,Sa-Su, individual




Mo-Su, individual Mo-Su, individual

Run accuracy ±1 s/day ±1 s/day ±0.1 s/day ±0.1 s/day ±0.1 s/day ±0.1 s/day

Run reserve 3 years 3 years 5 years 5 years 5 years 5 years

Battery type Lithium Lithium Lithium Lithium Lithium Lithium

Possibility of battery replacement yes yes yes yes yes yes

Supply circuit

Rated control voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V

Operating range 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc

Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Rated power loss Pv 0,9 W 1,3 W 1 W 1,5 W 1 W 1,5 W

Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2

Connection - conductor flexible 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ¸ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2


Other data

Mounting on “U” rails according 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Minia

E38


TIMERS

Specifi cations of digital program timer

Minia

E39


TIMERS MAE, MAN, MAA

Dimensions

MAN-D16-001-A230 MAN-D16-002-A230

36 44.5 636

64.5

89

4 5 83

44.56

64.5

89

45 83

214

N

L

65

8

N

12L

4

MAE-A16-001-A230

MAN-A16-001-A230

142

5344 44

64

6

89

45 83

U1U2

MAE-A16-100-A230-MINI

MAN-A16-100-A230-MINI

17.8

64

6

88 45 8 314

N

L

MAE-D16-001-A230 MAE-D16-002-A230

36 44.5 636

64.5

89

45 83

44.56

64.5

89

45 83

214

N

L

65

8

N

12L

4

N

MAA-D16-001-A230 MAA-D16-002-A230

36 44.5 366

64.5

89

45 8344.56

64.5

89

45 83

214

S

65

8

N

12L

4

L

MAE-A16-001-A230MAN-A16-001-A230

U1

U2

2 4

1

~M

L

N

4

1

~M

L

N

2 4

1

~M

L

N

2 4

1

~M

6 8

5

MAE-A16-100-A230-MINIMAN-A16-100-A230-MINI

MAE-D16-001-A230MAN-D16-001-A230

MAE-D16-002-A230MAN-D16-002-A230MAA-D16-002-A230

L

N

2 4

1

~M

MAA-D16-001-A230

S

Minia

E40


TIMERS

Dimensions

Diagram

Minia

E41

MQA, MQB, MQC Switching devices

STAIR SWITCHES

Stair switches MQA-..

��Mainly for control of lighting circuits from more points

in a corridor, on stairs, in the whole house etc.

��Possibility of 3-wire or 4-wire connection.


��Easy time setting (0.5 ÷ 10 min) by the knob on the

front panel of the device.

��Max. 50 control push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA.



MQA-16-100-A230 OEZ:37210 1 0.086 1

Stair switches MQB-..




��Time setting (0.5 ÷ 10 min) by the knob on the front




��Warning before expiration of the set time - 20 and

40 seconds before expiration of the set time the stair

switch warns by indicator short blinking of oncoming

end of timing.

��If the control push-button is pressed longer than 1 s, the

stair switch will switch on for a time four times longer

than the set time.



MQB-16-100-A230 OEZ:37211 1 0.086 1

Stair switches MQC-..




��Time setting (3 ÷ 60 min) by the knob on the front




��Warning before expiration of the set time - 20 and

40 seconds before expiration of the set time the stair

switch warns by indicator short blinking of oncoming

end of timing.

��The timing is terminated by pressing the push-button

again before 40 seconds to the end of the set time. The

timing cycle is restarted by pressing the push- button

again 40 or less seconds to the end of the set time.



MQC-16-100-A230 OEZ:37830 1 0.086 1

Type MQA-16-100-A230 MQB-16-100-A230 MQC-16-100-A230

Standards EN 60669 EN 60669 EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1

Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 10 10 10Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V

Rated current In AC-1 16 A 16 A 16 AInductive load cosφ 0,6 10 A 10 A 10 ALamp load max. 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W

Max. fl uorescent tube load uncompensated 20 pcs 58 W 20x 58 W 20x 58 W

compensated in series 40 pcs 58 W 40 pcs 58 W 40 pcs 58 W

duo-connection 2x 20 pcs 58 W 2x 20 pcs 58 W 2x 20 pcs 58 W

EVG = electronic ballast 5 pcs 20 W 5 pcs 20 W 5 pcs 20 W

Min. switched voltage/current 10 V / 300 mA 10 V / 300 mA 10 V / 300 mARated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Connection 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2


Control circuit

Rated control voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V

Range of control voltage 90 ÷ 110 % Uc 90 ÷ 110 % Uc 90 ÷ 110 % Uc


Power loss at idle state 0.7 W 1 W 1 W

at timing process 3.5 W 1.7 W 1.7 W

Time setting 0.5 ÷ 10 min 0.5 ÷ 10 min 3 ÷ 60 min

Min. excitation time 30 ms 30 ms 30 ms

Max. excitation time 2) unlimited unlimited unlimited

Max. number of push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA 50 pcs 50 pcs 50 pcs

Reset by next impulse yes yes yes

Additional extension of the set time no yes 3) no

Warning before end of timing no yes 4) yes 4)

Connection 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2


Other data

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -10 ÷ + 50 °C -10 ÷ + 50 °C -10 ÷ + 50 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) The device is able to withstand permanent load either in switching the manual change-over switch on the front panel of the device or in control push-button locking3) If the control push-button is closed for more than 1 s, the set time is extended four times4) 20 and 40 seconds before expiration of the set time the stair switch warns by indicator short blinking of oncoming end of timing

Minia

E42


STAIR SWITCHES

Specifi cations

t<te

L-2

Un

te te t<te

t<1 s t>1 st<1s t<1 s

4x t

40 s

20 s

L-2

Un

tet >t>tee -40 ste40 s

20 s

L-2

40 s

20 s t -40 s>te

Un

te

te

MQA-16-100-A230 MQB-16-100-A230

MQC-16-100-A230

Minia

E43


STAIR SWITCHES

4-wire connectionAC 230 V

3-wire connectionAC 230 V

Dimensions Diagram

18 24

44

64 1.5

45 67 90

7

2L

1N

MQA-16-100-A230, MQB-16-100-A230, MQC-16-100-A230

L N

1 2

MQA-16-100-A230MQB-16-100-A230MQC-16-100-A230

Connection examples

Stair switch is controlled by switching of the phase conductor.

This connection is used mainly in new installations.

Note:

in case of blocking of the control push-button in closed

position, the stair switches remain in closed condition

continuously.

Stair switch is controlled by switching of the N-conductor.

This connection is used only in old installations.

Graph

Minia

E44

MMR-U3, MMR-X3 Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

��For overvoltage, undervoltage, phase failure monitoring.

��The relay is equipped with an output make-and-break

contact 8 A.

��It can be also used for one-phase circuits.

��Overvoltage and undervoltage monitoring can be

switched off separately. Then the relay reacts only to

phase failure only.


LED).

��Light indication at contacts closing (red LED).

��For overvoltage, undervoltage, phase failure, phase

sequence and asymmetry monitoring.

��The relay is equipped with an output make-and-break

contact 8 A.

��Overvoltage, undervoltage and asymmetry monitoring

can be switched off separately. Then the relay reacts

only to phase sequence and phase failure only.

��Light indication of presence of supply voltage (green LED).

��Light indication at contacts closing (red LED).

Voltage monitoring relays MMR-U3

Voltage monitoring relays MMR-X3



MMR-U3-001-A230 OEZ:43244 1 0.091 1



MMR-X3-001-A230 OEZ:43245 1 0.091 1

Terminals L1, L2, L3 and N for connection of the monitored voltage

Terminals L1, L2, L3 and N for connection of the monitored voltage

��Uc: AC 230/400 V.

��In 1-phase application, connect the terminals L1, L2 and L3.

��Uc: AC 230 / 400 V.

Minia

E45


MONITORING RELAY

Description of MMR-U3

Description of MMR-X3



lighting green LED.



lighting green LED.

Error indication

��Red LED.

��1 blink… error in phase 1.

��2 blinks… error in phase 2.


Error indication

��Red LED.

��1 blink… error in phase 1.



Overvoltage level setting

��Range AC 225 ÷ 265 V step 5 V.

��It can be switched off .

Undervoltage level setting



Undervoltage level setting



Setting of delay of reaction to error

��Range 0 ÷ 10 s step 1 s.


Asymmetry size setting

��Range 5 ÷ 20 % step 1 %.


Setting of delay of reaction to error

��Range 0 ÷ 10 s step 1 s.


Overvoltage level setting



Type MMR-U3 MMR-X3

Standards EN 60255-56 EN 60255-56IEC 61010 IEC 61010

Approval marks


Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001Rated operating voltage/proud Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 8 A 250 V / 8 AMax. switched power AC-1 2 000 VA 2 000 VA

AC-3 200 W 200 W

AC-5b 200 W 200 W

Max. switched voltage AC 400 V AC 400 V

Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2




Supply circuit

Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V

Input power max. 1.5 VA max. 1.5 VASupply voltage indication green LED green LED




Measuring circuit

Monitored voltage AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V

Error indication red LED red LED

Adjustable delay 0 s ÷ 10 s 0 s ÷ 10 s

Adjustable undervoltage level 180 ÷ 220 V 180 ÷ 220 V

Adjustable overvoltage level 225 ÷ 265 V 225 ÷ 265 V

Adjustable value of asymmetry - 5 ÷ 20 %

Method of setting control knobs on the front panel control knobs on the front panel



Other data

Galvanic isolation input/output 4 kV 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35 TH35

Degree of protection IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C

Working position arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Minia

E46


MONITORING RELAY

Specifi cations

Dimensions

18

N

L1

MMR-U3-...

18

16

L3L2

15

MMR-X3-...

18

N

L1

18

16

L3L2

15

26

44

60

5

906845

Minia

E47


MONITORING RELAY

Diagram

Graph

MMR-U3-... MMR-X3-...

N

15

18L1

L2

16

L3

N

15

18L1

L2

16

L3

Phases failure monitoring MMR-U3, MMR-X3

t = 0 ÷ 10 s

1518

16

L2

L2

L1

L3

L1

L3

t = 0 ÷ 10 s

Asymmetry = 0 ÷ 20 %

1518

16

t

U max

U min

U

t

hysterese 5 V

1518

16

5 s t 5 s 1518

16

L2

L1

L3

5 s

AC 225 ÷ 265 V

AC 180 ÷ 220 V

Monitoring of overvoltage and undervoltage MMR-U3, MMR-X3

Monitoring of phase sequence MMR-X3 Asymmetry monitoring MMR-X3

Type RLP-..Approval marks

Contact (terminals 1,2)

Arrangement of contacts 1) 10, 01

Rated voltage/current AC-1 Ue/In AC 250 V/16 A


Switching frequency max. 1200 operating cycles/hr


Torque 0.8 Nm

Current coil (terminals A1, A2)

Operating current range In 5 ÷ 15 A, 10 ÷ 28 A, 26 ÷ 63 A

Guaranteed switched current for In 2) operating current range 5 ÷ 15 A ≥ 5 A

operating current range 10 ÷ 28 A ≥ 10 A

operating current range 26 ÷ 63 A ≥ 26 A

Guaranteed unswitched current for In

2) operating current range 5 ÷ 15 A ≤ 2 A

operating current range 10 ÷ 28 A ≤ 6 A

operating current range 26 ÷ 63 A ≤ 16 A

Connection - terminals A1, A2 0.75 ÷ 16 mm2

Torque 2 Nm

Power loss 3 W

Other data

Isolation voltage Ui AC 400 V




Working position arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Only for jump increase in current

Minia

E48

RLP Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

Priority current relays

��They monitor the strength of current in the circuit and

close/open the contact (terminals 1, 2) at a jump

exceeding of a guaranteed switched current.

��They make it possible to interrupt the power supply

of one (non-priority) circuit, if the current of the other

(priority) circuit jumps to a set value.

��They are most frequently installed in distribution sys-

tems where concurrent operation of more appliances

is not possible because of risk of exceeding a permit-

ted power input.

��For example, the relays can disconnect electric heating,

a storage block heater from the network if an instan-

taneous water heater is switched – therefore it is pos-

sible to select a main circuit breaker and conductors

for a lower power input.

��They make it possible to increase the number of appli-

ances for existing installations.

��In the circuits with electronic (e.g. thyristor) control,

they cannot be used directly, but with a time-delay

relay – see connection examples.

��Maximum current through the current coil: depending

on design 15 A, 28 A, 63 A.

��Maximum current through the contact: 16 A.

Operating current Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package

range In of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

5 ÷ 15 A01 RLP-15-01 OEZ:35548 1 0.115 1

10 RLP-15-10 OEZ:35549 1 0.115 1

10 ÷ 28 A01 RLP-28-01 OEZ:35550 1 0.115 1

10 RLP-28-10 OEZ:35551 1 0.115 1

26 ÷ 63 A01 RLP-63-01 OEZ:35552 1 0.115 1

10 RLP-63-10 OEZ:35553 1 0.115 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Selection RLP-.. according to power output of the switched applianceAppliance type RLP-..

Voltage Power output [kW]

AC 230 V

1.2 ÷ 3.4 RLP-15-..2.3 ÷ 6.4 RLP-28-.. 6.0 ÷ 14.5 RLP-63-..

AC 400 V

3.4 ÷ 10.0 RLP-15-..6.9 ÷ 19.3 RLP-28-..

18.0 ÷ 43.5 RLP-63-..

Specifi cations

Minia

E49

RLP Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

��Example of blocking of current taking by electrical heating:

In case of switching an instantaneous water heater (priority appliance)

the guaranteed switching current of the priority relay is exceeded, and

its contact opens. The coil of the contactor RSI loses voltage, and opens

the power contacts, by which it disconnects the electrical heating,

thus reducing overall current consumption.

Dimensions

17.5 4.5 44

62

45 85.8

A2

2

1

A1

RLP-..

Diagram

RLP-..-10

I>

2

1

A2

A1

RLP-..-01

I>

2

1

A2

A1

Connection examples

Instantaneouswater heater

Electric heater

N NL L1 L2 L3

A1

A2 2

1

842 6

1 3 75

A2

A1

RLP-...-01

RSI-...-40

-...

L

I>

MCR

-MA-001

-UNI

Electricheater

N NL L1 L2 L3

A1

A2 2

1

842 6

1 3 75

A2

A1

RLP-...-10

RSI-...-40

-...

L L

I>

TA1

A2

T

1816

15

N L

Load withelectronic

control

��Example of blocking of consumption by a load with electronic control:

In this case the function of the relay can be disturbed by the electronic control (the

relay switches in the rhythm of the electronic control). For this reason we recommend

connecting a time relay with a delayed function in the circuit of the control contact.

In case of switching a load the guaranteed switching current of the priority relay

is exceeded, and its contact closes. This will start the time relay, and disconnects the

contactor coil for a preset time.

��First LED signals functionality of the relay and current

transformer:

LED is lighting - the relay is in order

LED does not light - the relay is not supplied

LED is blinking - interrupted connection between the re-

lay and the transformer, or broken secondary winding.

��The second LED signals magnitude of the passing current:

LED is lighting - signalling reach of 100 % residual current

LED is blinking - blinking period increases with increas-

ing residual current.

��By means of make-and-break contact (CO).

��Serves for signalling of reach of the set value of IΔn and/or

for circuit breaker switching off via undervoltage release

or shunt trip.

Minia

E50

5SV8 Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

Analog residual current monitor 5SV8000-6KK

Local signalling

Control

Remote signalling

��Designed for monitoring of leakage current (residual/fault

current) and protection against fi re e.g. due to worsened

insulation or sneak currents.

��Possibility of setting of residual current IΔn

and setting

of limit time of inactivity of IΔt

(see parameters) by

means of rotary switches.

��Mounting on „U“ rail.

��Measurement by means of external summation current

transformer.

��Circuit breaker switching off by means of shunt trip or

undervoltage release.

��The TEST push-button serves for testing of the function

of both the relay and circuit breaker - disconnects

the circuit.

��If the relay trips (switches the circuit breaker off ) it is

necessary to reset it by the „RESET“ push-button,

or interrupt its supply and thus perform the remote reset.

��The setting can be sealed.



5SV8000-6KK OEZ:42658 Analog, setting IΔn and tΔn 2 0.180 1

DiagramWiring diagram with a shunt trip Wiring diagram with an undervoltage release

EXT. RESET

RCM1 2 3 4

TEST

RESET

65 7 8

C1

S2

S1

2J N 4 6

1

C2 Q

N 3 5

L1N L2 L3Q3

U

J 642

1 3 5

N

N

QD2

D1

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

N L1 L2 L3EXT. RESET

S1

S2

RCM

RESET

TEST

Q3

U<

Diagram descriptionSymbol Description

J miniature circuit breaker

RCM monitoring relay

TEST test push-button of the relay

RESET local reset push-button

EXT. STOP/RESET remote reset push-button or STOP push-button1)

S1,S2 terminals of current transformer

Q3 protection of relay LPN-2C-11) STOP push-button only in combination with an undervoltage release

��The fi rst LED signals functionality of the relay and trip in

reach of the set residual current:

LED gives a green light - the relay is supplied

LED gives a red light - signalling of reach of 100 % re-

sidual current

��The second LED signals reach of relative low set value:

LED gives a yellow light - signalling of reach of the set

value.


��Serves for signalling of reach of the set value of IΔn

and/or


or shunt trip.

��Possibility of remote switching off by applying voltage

AC/ DC 110 ÷ 230 V on potential free terminals number 1

and 2.


of both the relay and circuit breaker - disconnects the

circuit.

��If the relay trips (switches the circuit breaker off ) it is neces-

sary to reset it by the „RESET“ push-button, or interrupt

its supply and thus perform the remote reset.


Digital residual current monitor 5SV8001-6KK

Local signalling Remote signalling

��Designed for monitoring of leakage current (residual/fault

current) and protection against fi re e.g. due to worsened

insulation or sneak currents.


and setting

of maximum inactivity time IΔt

by means of push-buttons

and the display (see table).

��Presentation of cause of trip and of current value of re-

sidual current on the display.


��Measurement by means of external transformer.

��Circuit breaker switching off by means of shunt trip

or undervoltage release.

��Possibility of setting of characteristic S - selective.



5SV8001-6KK OEZ:42659 Digital, setting IΔn and tΔn 3 0.260 1

DiagramWiring diagram with a shunt trip Wiring diagram with an undervoltage release

U

RCM1 2 3

ALARM

64 5 7 8

RESET

9

10 11

EXT. STOP/RESET

15

TEST

1312 14

S2

S1

2J N

C1

4 6

1

C2 Q

N 3 5

L1N L2 L3Q3

J 642

1 3 5

N

N

QD2

D1

12 13 14 15

3

TEST

RESET

N L1 L2 L3

EXT. STOP/RESET

S1

S2

10 11

1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9

ALARM

RCM

Q3

U<

Diagram descriptionSymbol Description





EXT. STOP/RESET remote reset push-button or STOP push-button

S1, S2 terminals of current transformer

ALARM signalling of Iδn

adjusted value reaching

Q3 protection of relay LPN-2C-1

Minia

E51


MONITORING RELAY

Description schématuSymbol Description




Symbol Description


EXT. STOP/RESET remote reset push-button or STOP push-button

S1, S2 terminals of current transformer

Symbol Description

ALARM signalling of Iδn

adjusted value reaching

Q3 protection of relay LPN-2C-1

RCM1 2 3 64 5 7 8

RESET

9

10 11 15

TEST

1312 14

6

S2

S1

J 2N 4

53N 1

C2

C1

Q

S2

S1

JC1

2N 64

C2 Q

N 1 3 5

S2

S1

JC1

2N 64

C2 Q

N 1 3 5

S2

S1

JC1

2N 64

C2 Q

N 1 3 5

EXT. STOP/RESET

ALARM

Q3

L N

T1

T2

T3

T4

U

U

U

U

RCM1 2 3 64 5 7 8

RESET

9

10 11 15

TEST

1312 14

S2 S1

EXT. STOP/RESET

ALARM

S2 S1

S2 S1

S2 S1

Q3

L N

T4 T3 T2 T1

Wiring diagram with a shunt trip- connection of miniature circuit breakers

��The fi rst LED signals functionality of the relay and trip in

reach of the set residual current:

LED gives a green light - the relay is supplied

LED gives a red light - signalling of reach of 100 % re-

sidual current

��The second LED signals reach of relative low set value:

LED gives a yellow light - signalling of reach of the set

value.


��Serves for signalling of reach of the set value of IΔn and/or


or shunt trip.

��Possibility of remote switching off by applying voltage

AC/DC 110 ÷ 230 V on potential free terminal number 12.


of both the relay and circuit breaker - disconnects the

circuit.

��If the relay trips (switches the circuit breaker off ) it is

necessary to reset it by the „RESET“ push-button, or

interrupt its supply and thus perform the remote reset.


Minia

E52


MONITORING RELAY

Digital residual current monitor 5SV8200-6KK

Local signalling Remote signalling

��Designed for monitoring of leakage current (residu-

al/ fault current) and protection against fi re e.g. due

to worsened insulation or sneak currents.


and setting

of maximum inactivity time IΔt

by means of push-

buttons and the display (see table).

��Presentation of cause of trip and of current value of re-

sidual current on the display.


��Measurement by means of external transformer, it is

possible to connect up to 4 transformers.

��Circuit breaker switching off by shunt trip.

��Possibility of setting of characteristic S - selective.

Diagram



5SV8200-6KK OEZ:42660Digital, setting IΔn and tΔn, 4-channel

thermostat 3 0.260 1

- connection of current transformer

Type 5SV8 000-6KK 5SV8 001-6KK 5SV8 200-6KKStandards EN 62020 EN 62020 EN 62020

IEC 62020 IEC 62020 IEC 62020

Approval marks

Number of independent circuits 1 1 4

Rated residual current 0,03 ÷ 5 A 0,03 ÷ 30 A 0,03 ÷ 30 A

Maximum inactivity time 0.02 ÷ 5 s 0.02 ÷ 10 s 0.02 ÷ 10 s

Type A (up to IΔn = 3A) A (up to IΔn = 3A) A (up to IΔn = 3A)

AC (IΔn od 3 up to 5 A) AC (IΔn od 3 up to 30 A) AC (IΔn od 3 up to 30 A)


Operating voltage range AC 164 ÷ 284 V AC 164 ÷ 284 V AC 164 ÷ 284 V


Input power 3 VA 6 VA 6 VA

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Degree of protection - on the front panel IP41 IP41 IP41

Degree of protection - of conductors terminal IP20 IP20 IP20

Other specifi cations

External remote trip/reset -/yes yes/yes yes/yes

Local signalling reaching of relative low value IΔn (ALARM) yes yes yes

Remote signalling reaching of relative low value IΔn (ALARM) - yes yes

Local signalling: supply yes yes yes

ALARM yes yes yes

Failure yes yes yes

value IΔn yes yes yes

Display - yes yes

Sealing of control panel setting yes yes yes

Transformer internal diameter 30 ÷ 210 mm 30 ÷ 210 mm 30 ÷ 210 mm

Max. length of conductors to the transformer (screened conductor) 10 m 10 m 10 m

Control circuit (inputs - external switching off / reset)

Rated operating voltage Uc - AC/DC 110 ÷ 230 V AC 230 V

Operating voltage range - AC/DC 110 ÷ 284 V AC 230 ÷ 284 V

Input power - 0.7 W 0.7 W

Control circuit (outputs)



Rated current Ie 6 A 6 A 6 A

Max. switched power - AC-1 1 500 VA 1 500 VA 1 500 VA

Electrical endurance 10x 106 operating cycles 10x 106 operating cycles 10x 106 operating cycles

Rated frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz

Connection

Connection - conductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded) 1) 0.2 ÷ 2 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2 mm2

Torque 0.5 ÷ 0.6 Nm 0.5 ÷ 0.6 Nm 0.5 ÷ 0.6 Nm


Ambient temperature °C -10 ÷ +50 °C -10 ÷ +50 °C -10 ÷ +50 °C

Relative humidity 5 ÷ 95 % 5 ÷ 95 % 5 ÷ 95 %

Max. sea level 2 000 m 2 000 m 2 000 m1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts

Minia

E53


MONITORING RELAY

Specifi cations

Minia

E54


MONITORING RELAY

Dimensions

Residual current monitor 5SV8000-6KK

Residual current monitor 5SV8001-6KK, 5SV8200-6KK

Measuring current transformers 5SV8700-0KK, 5SV8701-0KK Measuring current transformers 5SV87...-0KK

36

454545

68

446

54

454545

68

446

A

B

C

D

32

E

A

F

G

33

B

46

DC

H

Type A B C D

5SV8700-0KK 60 20 46 24

5SV8701-0KK 70 30 59 30

Type A B C D E F G H

5SV8702-0KK 100 79 26 49 35 35 43 6.5

5SV8703-0KK 130 110 32 66 70 52 57 6.5

5SV8704-0KK 170 146 38 94 105 72 73 6.5

5SV8705-0KK 230 196 49 123 140 97 98 6.5

5SV8706-0KK 299 284 69 161 210 141 142 6.5

Minia

E55

MMR-HL Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

��For control of maximum or minimum level of a conduc-

tive liquid in a tank.

��High rated current 16 A.

��They can be used for liquid fi lling (function UP) or draw-

ing off (function DOWN). If the tank is from a conduc-

tive material, it can be used instead of GND probe.

��Alternating current is used for measuring to eliminate

electrolysis of the liquid and oxidation of probes.

Working voltage in the measuring loop is 12 V.


LED).

��Maximum distance of electrodes is 100 m with the set sen-

sitivity of 100 %. If sensitivity is decreased, it is possible to

extend the maximum length up to 1000 m. This is true

with cable capacity up to 100 nF/km. In both cases it is

necessary to exclude parallel run with power cables (the

distance shall be at least 20 cm between the cables).

�� After connection of the relay, we recommend setting

the sensitivity (knob SENSITIVITY) to maximum. If the

yellow LED is blinking, there is not suffi cient signal-to-

noise ratio, and it is necessary to decrease sensitivity

(by turning the SENSITIVITY knob to the left) until the

LED stops blinking.

�� If the LED is blinking even at minimum sensitivity, the

correct functionality is not guaranteed. In such as it is

necessary to take measure to reduce noise (other cable,

placing the relay closer to the monitored place, etc.). If

the LED is not blinking, the relay is ready to work.

�� It is suitable to check the signal-to-noise ratio regularly.

In worsening of conditions (noise increase) the yellow

LED will begin blinking.

�� The probes are not included in the delivery.

�� Functional even at temperature -20 °C.

Level relays MMR-HL

Specifi cations



MMR-HL-001-A230 OEZ:43246 1 0.091 1

Type MMR-HLStandards EN 60255-56

IEC 61010

Approval marks



Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 16 A

Max. switched power AC-1 4 000 VA

AC-3 1 kW

AC-5a 288 W (cos φ = 0.8)

AC-5b 1 kW

Max. switched voltage AC 400 V

Indication of contact state yellow LED

Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Torque 0.5 Nm



Supply circuit


Input power max. 1.5 VA

Supply voltage indication green LED



Torque 0.5 Nm

Measuring circuit

Error indication yellow LED is blinking

Operating voltage in measuring loop AC 12 V

Adjustable sensitivity 5 kΩ ÷ 100 kΩ

Delay for elimination of ripple 1.5 s

Method of setting control knobs on the front panel


Torque 0.5 Nm

Other data

Galvanic isolation input/output 4 kV

input/probes 4 kV

output/probes 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35


Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C


NL

1816

MIN

MAX

15GND

1826

44

60

5

906845

MAX

15

18MIN

L

16

N

GNDL

Max Min

GND

16 18

N

15

AC 230 V

16 15 18

Minia

E56

MMR-HL Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

Description

DimensionsMMR-HL-...

Graph

DiagramMMR-HL-...

Wiring diagram

Terminals L and N for connection of supply voltage��Uc: AC 230 V.

Indication of presence of supply voltage��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously

lighting green LED.

Indication of signal-to-noise ratio or relay closing��Yellow LED.

��Insuffi cient signal-to-noise ratio - blinking.

��Relay closed - lights.

Setting of function��UP … liquid fi lling.

��Down … liquid drawing off .

Sensitivity setting��5 ÷ 100 kΩ.

Terminals Max, Min and GND for probe connection��Range 0 ÷ 10 s step 1 s.


Level monitoring MMR-HL-001-A230

max.

min.

R

LEVEL

tt

max.

min.

R

LEVEL

tt

UP

PUMPfunction

DOWN

liquid resistance = 5 Ω ÷ 100 kΩ

t = 1.5 s

Type MMR-T1Standards EN 60255-56

IEC 61010

Approval marks



Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 8 A

Max. switched power AC-1 2 000 VA

AC-3 200 W

AC-5b 200 W

Max. switched voltage AC 400 V

Indication of contact state red LED


Torque 0.5 Nm



Supply circuit


Input power max. 1.5 VA

Supply voltage indication green LED



Torque 0.5 Nm

Measuring circuit

Error indication red LED

Resistance range of PTC thermistor, working state 50 Ω ÷ 3.3 kΩ

Resistance range of PTC thermistor, alarm state > 3.3 kΩ nebo < 50 Ω

Method of setting control knobs on the front panel


Torque 0.5 Nm

Other data

Galvanic isolation input/output 4 kV

output/probes 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35




Minia

E57

MMR-T1 Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

��For the control of temperature of winding of a motor on

the basis of measuring the resistance of PTC thermis-

tor, which is built in the motor.

�� After exceeding the value of the thermistor resistance

3.3 kΩ the relay switches over the contact. The re-

switching is only possible after the thermistor resist-

ance decrease 1.8 kΩ in three ways:

– by pressing the RESET push-button

– by pressing the remote RESET push-button con-

nected to terminals T1-R1

– by automatic RESET (it is necessary to connect termi-

nals T1 and R1).

Thermistor relay MMR-T1

Specifi cations



MMR-T1-001-A230 OEZ:43247 1 0.091 1

26

44

60

5

906845

N

L

18

16

T2

T1

15

R1

18

T2

15

18T1

L

16

N

L

T1 T2

R1

16 18

N

15

U~

16 15 18

RESE

TAU

TOR

ESET

PTC

Minia

E58

MMR-T1 Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

Description

Dimensions

Graph

Diagram Wiring diagram

Terminals L and N for connection of supply voltage��Uc: AC 230 V.

Indication of presence of supply voltage��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously

lighting green LED.

Indication of contact switching over��Contact switching over is indicated by red LED.

Terminal R1 for remote/automatic reset

Local reset push-button

Terminals T1 and T2 for probe connection��Probes are included in the engine.

Engine winding temperature monitoring MMR-T1-001-A230

PT C > 3k3

PT C < 1k8

R

MMR-T1-... MMR-T1-...

Minia

E59

MMR-T2, MMR-TD Switching devices

MONITORING RELAY

��MMR-T2 control temperature independently for two

channels, compare it with a set reference temperature,

and switch the output contacts with hysteresis of 2 °C.

��MMR-TD multiple-function diff erential thermostats

equipped with six most frequently used functions

and four service functions.

��The delivery includes two 3 m OD-MMR-T3N probes.

��Accessory for MMR-T2 and MMR-TD.

��Temperature probe OD-MMR-T3N - standard temperature

probe with plastic cap for use up to max. temperature

of 100 °C. Cable length 3 m.

��Temperature probe OD-MMR-T3S - temperature probe

with metallic cap and silicon supply cable for use up

to max. temperature of 150 °C. Cable length 3 m.

Thermostats

Thermal probes



MMR-T2-001-A230 OEZ:43248 1 0.211 1

MMR-TD-001-A230 OEZ:43249 1 0.211 1

Type Order Cord Weight Package

code Lenght [kg] [pcs]

OD-MMR-T3N OEZ:43725 3 m 0.050 1

OD-MMR-T3S OEZ:43726 3 m 0.05 1

Diff erence setting

��For some of the functions.

Functions selection

��F1 … F6 thermal functions.

��F7 … F10 service functions.

Temperature setting T

��Upper disk defi nes temperature range -25 ÷ + 95 °C.

��Lower knob enables fi ne setting 0 + 14 °C with step

of 1 °C.

Description of MMR-TDTerminals L and N for connection of supply voltage

��Uc: AC 230 V.


��Supply voltage presence is indicated by blinking green

LED.

Indication of contactswitching over

��Contact switching over is indicated by yellow and green

LED.

Terminals T1, T2 and C for probe connection

��OD-MMR-T3N … up to 100 °C.

��OD-MMR-T3S … up to 150 °C

Temperature setting T1

��Lower knob defi nes temperature range -25 ÷ + 95 °C.

��Upper disk enables fi ne setting 0 + 14 °C with step

of 1 °C.

Temperature setting T2

��Upper disk defi nes temperature range -25 ÷ + 95 °C.

��Lower knob enables fi ne setting 0 + 14 °C with step

of 1 °C.

Minia

E60


MONITORING RELAY

Description MMR-T2Terminals L and N for connection of supply voltage

��Uc: AC 230 V.c: AC 230 V.


��Supply voltage presence is indicated by blinking green

LED.

Indication of contact switching over

��Contact switching over is indicated by yellow LED and

green LED for contact 1 and contact 2 respectively.

Terminals T1, T2 and C for probe connection

��OD-MMR-T3N … up to 100 °C.

��OD-MMR-T3S … up to 150 °C

Operating states of MMR-T2, MMR-TD

Re2is

blinkingIndication of device switched on. Re1

is

blinkingFailure of one of the sensors.

Re2is

lighting Relé R2 switched on. Re2

is

blinking

Re1is

lighting Relé R1 switched on.

}

Type MMR-T2 MMR-TD

Standards EN 60255-56 EN 60255-56

IEC 61010 IEC 61010

Approval marks



Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 16 A 250 V / 16 A

Max. switched power AC-1 4 000 VA 4 000 VA

AC-3 1 kW 1 kW

AC-5a 288 W (cos φ = 0,8) 288 W (cos φ = 0,8)

AC-5b 1 kW 1 kW

Max. switched voltage AC 400 V AC 400 V

Indication of contact state green/yellow LED green/yellow LED





Supply circuit

Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V

Input power max. 1.5 VA max. 1.5 VA

Supply voltage indication green LED is blinking green LED is blinking




Measuring circuit

Error indication green/yellow LED is blinking green/yellow LED is blinking

Adjustable delay 0 s ÷ 10 s 0 s ÷ 10 s

Adjustable undervoltage level 2) 180 ÷ 220 V 180 ÷ 220 V

Adjustable overvoltage level 2) 225 ÷ 265 V 225 ÷ 265 V

Temperature measuring range -25 ÷ +95 °C -25 ÷ +95 °C

Method of setting control knobs on the front panel control knobs on the front panel



Other data

Galvanic isolation input/output 4 kV 4 kV

input/probes 4 kV 4 kV

output/probes 4 kV 4 kV

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35 TH35



Working position arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Specifi cations

Minia

E61


MONITORING RELAY

26

44

60

5

906845

18

N

L

18

15

28

T2

C

T1

25

MMR-TD-...MMR-T2-...

T2

15

18T1

L N

C

25

28 T2

15

18T1

L N

C

25

28

L

T1 T2

25

15 18

N

28

U~

15 18

25 28

R2

R1

C

t2t1

MMR-T2, MMR-TD

Dimensions

Diagram Wiring diagram MMR-T2-...

MMR-TD-...

Minia

E62


MONITORING RELAY

Graphs of functions

Rt = -25 .. 95 °C

2 °Chystereze

t

T80 °C

60 °C

70 °C

T = 75 °C

t < T = > R1 ON

t ≥ T = > R1 OFF

t - 2 °C ≤ T = > R1 ON

15 (25)

18 (28)

t1 t2

Function F1Differential thermostat

T = -40 °C

t1 - t2 > D + 1 °C => R1 ON

t1 - t2 < D => R1 OFF

t2 - t1 > D + 1 °C => R2 ON

t2 - t1 < D => R2 OFF

T = -40 °C (T = 68 °C)

t1 - t2 > D + 1 °C

t2 < T

t1 - t2 < D °C => R1 OFF

t2 > T + 1 °C => R1 OFF

T = 60 °C

D = 11 °C

t1 < T - D => R1 ON

t1 > T => R1 OFF

T = 60 °C

D = 11 °C

t1 < T - D => R1, R2 ON

t1 > T => R1, R2 OFF

T = 25 °C

D = 7 °C

t1 > T => R1 ON

t1 < T - 2 °C => R1 OFF

t1 < T - D => R2 ON

t1 > T - D + 2 °C => R2 OFF

T - D < t1 < T => R1, R2 OFF

T = 60 °C

D = 11 °C

t1 > T => R1, R2 ON

T - D < t1 < T => R1 ON, R2 OFF

t1 < T - D => R1, R2 OFF

T = 60 °C

D = 11 °C

t1 > T => R1 OFF, R2 ON

T - D < t1 < T => R1 ON, R2 OFF

t1 < T - D => R1, R2 OFF

T = 60 °C

D = 11 °C

t1 < T - D => R1 ON

t1 > T => R1 OFF

t2 < T - D => R2 ON

t2 > T => R2 OFF

T1 T2

T1 T2

Function F2Two-stage thermostat

Function F3Two-stage thermostat

Function F4Single-channel zone thermostat

Function F5Two-channel zone thermostat

Function F6Thermostat is heating/cooling

Function F7Service relay 1

Relay 1 switched on

Function F8Service relay 2

Relay 2 switched on

D = 11 °C

t1 = 80 °C

t2=65°C

t2 = 69.1 °C

t2 = 67.9 °C

80 °C

60 °C

70 °C

D = 11 °C

D = 11 °C

D = 7 °C

60 °C

50°C

Hystereze = 1 °C

t1

t1

1518

R1

60 °C

50 °C

30 °C

25 °C

20 °C

15 °C

10 °C

1518

R1

2528

R2

1518

R1

2528

R2

is cooling is cooling

is heating

hyst 2 °C

hyst 2 °C

t1

60 °C

70 °C

50 °C

1518

R1

2528

R2

T = t + fine t = 60 °Ct1

T - D = 49 °C

D = 11 °C

60 °C

70 °C

50 °C

1518

R1

2528

R2

T = t + fine t = 60 °C

T = t + fine t = 60 °C

T = t + fine t = 60 °C

T = t + fine t = 25 °C

t1

T - D = 49 °C

D = 11 °C

60 °C

70 °C

50 °C

1518

R1

2528

R2

T = t + fine t = 60 °C

T - D = 49 °CT - D = 49 °C

T - D = 49 °C

T - D = 18 °C

D = 11 °C

Function F9Service sensor 1

Function F10Service sensor 2

Re1

Re1

Re1

Sensor without failure.

Sensor interrupted.

Sensor short-circuited.

Sensor without failure.

Sensor interrupted.

Sensor short-circuited.

Re1

Re1

Re1

}=> R1 ON

The function of the diff erential thermostat MMR-TD-200-A230

The function of the double thermostats MMR-T2 200-A230

Minia

F

��Switches ............................................................................................................................................ F2

��Switches and push-buttons ................................................................................................... F5

��Signal lights .................................................................................................................................. F12

��Electric bells .................................................................................................................................. F14

��Power supplies ............................................................................................................................ F15

��Socket outlets .............................................................................................................................. F18

��Terminal board ............................................................................................................................ F19

OTHER DEVICES Minia

Minia

F2

MSO, AVN-DC Other devices

SWITCHES

��For building, commercial and industrial installations

from 20 up to 125 A, AC 250/440 V.

��For electric circuit switching.

��Width of 1 module/pole in all rated currents up to 125 A.

��Possible interconnection by means of busbars.

��Optional installation of auxiliary switches on the side

of the device.

��AVN-DC design for photovoltaic applications with high

rated operating voltage up to DC 1 000 V.

��Possible interconnection by means of busbars.

��Optional installation of auxiliary switches on the side

of the device.

Switches MSO

Switch AVN-DC-63-4

Number Rated operating Type Order Number Weight Package

of poles current [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]

1

20 MSO-20-1 OEZ:42326 1 0.110 12

32 MSO-32-1 OEZ:42330 1 0.128 12

40 MSO-40-1 OEZ:42334 1 0.128 12

63 MSO-63-1 OEZ:42338 1 0.128 12

80 MSO-80-1 OEZ:42342 1 0.128 12

100 MSO-100-1 OEZ:42346 1 0.138 12

125 MSO-125-1 OEZ:42350 1 0.138 12

1 + N

20 MSO-20-1N OEZ:42328 2 0.228 6

32 MSO-32-1N OEZ:42332 2 0.228 6

40 MSO-40-1N OEZ:42336 2 0.228 6

63 MSO-63-1N OEZ:42340 2 0.228 6

80 MSO-80-1N OEZ:42344 2 0.228 6

100 MSO-100-1N OEZ:42348 2 0.228 6

125 MSO-125-1N OEZ:42352 2 0.228 6

3

20 MSO-20-3 OEZ:42327 3 0.328 4

32 MSO-32-3 OEZ:42331 3 0.350 4

40 MSO-40-3 OEZ:42335 3 0.350 4

63 MSO-63-3 OEZ:42339 3 0.350 4

80 MSO-80-3 OEZ:42343 3 0.350 4

100 MSO-100-3 OEZ:42347 3 0.380 4

125 MSO-125-3 OEZ:42351 3 0.380 4

3 + N

20 MSO-20-3N OEZ:42329 4 0.449 3

32 MSO-32-3N OEZ:42333 4 0.458 3

40 MSO-40-3N OEZ:42337 4 0.458 3

63 MSO-63-3N OEZ:42341 4 0.458 3

80 MSO-80-3N OEZ:42345 4 0.458 3

100 MSO-100-3N OEZ:42349 4 0.498 3

125 MSO-125-3N OEZ:42353 4 0.498 3

Rated operating current Type Order Number Weight Package

[A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]

63 AVN-DC-63-4 OEZ:39752 4 0.672 1

Accessories

Auxiliary switches PS-LT page B33





Type MSO-20 MSO-32 MSO-40 MSO-63 MSO-80 MSO-100 MSO-125 AVN-DC 1)

Standards EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3

Approval marks

Number of poles 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 4

Rated thermal current Ith 20 A 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 63 A

Rated operating current Ie 20 A 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 63 A

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V DC 1 000 V

Min. operating voltage/current Umin/Imin AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA DC 24 V/300 mA

Powers losses/pole 0.3 W 0.7 W 0.9 W 2.2 W 3.5 W 5.5 W 8.6 W 4.4 W

Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz -

Rated making capacity AC-22Acos φ = 0,65

60 A 96 A 120 A 196 A 240 A 300 A 375 A -

Rated breaking capacity AC-22Acos φ = 0,65

60 A 96 A 120 A 196 A 240 A 300 A 375 A -

Rated conditional short-circuit current with backup fuse gL/gG with max. Ie

Inc 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA -

Rated short-circuit making capacity DC 1 000 V 4-pole

Icm - - - - - - - 500 A

Mechanical endurance 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 10 000 op. cycles

Electrical endurance 10 000 op. cycles 10 000 op. cycles 10 000 op. cycles 5 000 op. cycles 1 000 op. cycles 1 000 op. cycles 1 000 op. cycles 5 000 op. cycles

Rated short-time withstand current 2) Icw up to 0.2 s 480 A 760 A 950 A 1 500 A 2 700 A 3 400 A 3 400 A -

up to 0.5 s 310 A 500 A 630 A 1 000 A 1 650 A 2 100 A 2 100 A -

up to 1 s 250 A 400 A 500 A 800 A 1 350 A 1 700 A 1 700 A -

up to 3 s 180 A 280 A 350 A 560 A 800 A 1 000 A 1 000 A -

Rated short-time withstand current DC 1 000 V 4-pole

Icw - - - - - - - 760 A

Rated power output (switching of resistan-

ce loads including slight overload AC-21)

1-pole 3 kW 5 kW 6,5 kW 10 kW 13 kW 16 kW 16 kW -

2-pole 5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 18 kW 22 kW 28 kW 28 kW -

3-pole/4-pole 9 kW 15 kW 15 kW 30 kW 39 kW 48 kW 48 kW -

Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35

Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Connection

Conductor see table below see table below see table below see table below 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2 4) 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2 4) 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2 4) 3)

Screw head type PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2

Torque 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3 Nm

Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom


Ambient temperature °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -25 ÷ +40 °C1) Utilization category DC-21B2) To conductive route at power factor cos φ = 0.73) For detailed connection of conductors see table on page B25 (the same connection as in the case of LTN circuit breakers)4) Valid for rigid conductors (solid, stranded) and fl exible conductors with a sleeve

Specifi cations

Minia

F3

SWITCHES

Other devicesMSO, AVN-DC

Range of MSO connection for Ie range 20 ÷ 63 A





interconnecting busbar pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm 1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2


Minia

F4

MSO, AVN-DC Other devices

SWITCHES

Dimensions

Diagram

Connection example AVN-DC

17.6 35. 2 52. 8 70.4 6.2 43.9

MSO-..-1N MSO-..-3MSO-..-1 MSO-..-3N 73. 2

64

68. 3

89.8

64

70

3590

670.4 44

45

AVN-DC-63-4 73.5

2 4 6

5

N2

N1

2

1

4

3

6

5

2

1

N2

N1

2

1

MSO-..-1 MSO-..-1N MSO-..-3 MSO-..-3N

51 31 3

8

7

62 4

AVN-DC-63-4

+-

+ +--

+-

LoadPhotovoltaic array

Photovoltaic array

Load

Both grounded and ungrounded systems DC 1 000 V Only ungrounded system DC 1 000 V

��Empty modules of tumbler switches are intended for

installation of any indicator light, see page F7.

Empty modules of tumbler switches

Minia

F5

SWITCHES AND PUSH-BUTTONS

Other devicesMSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2

Tumbler switches

��For switching of up to 4 electric circuits up to 25 A.

��They can be used in both building and industrial installa-

tions and in security technology.



11 MSP-11 OEZ:35865 1 0.084 1

22 MSP-22 OEZ:35870 1 0.094 1

40 MSP-40 OEZ:35874 1 0.094 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Tumbler switches with signalling

��For electric circuit switching up to 25 A.

��They can be used in both building and industrial installa-

tions and in security technology.

��Installed indicator light of white colour AC 230 V can be

replaced by other one.

��White indicator light is connected between the contact

and the terminal (see the diagram).



11 MSP-11-SG-A230 OEZ:37262 1 0.0940 1

20 MSP-20-SG-A230 OEZ:37263 1 0.0940 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts



11 MSP-11N OEZ:35866 1 0.084 1

20 MSP-20N OEZ:35868 1 0.084 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

Rocker-type switches and change-over switches


��They can be used in both building and industrial

installations and in security technology.

��Switches with backlighting (glow lamp).

��Change-over switches with interposition.

��Change-over switches with interposition without arresting.



Design 10 MSK-10 OEZ:35678 1 0.065 1Switch with red backlight 10 MSK-10-SC OEZ:35679 1 0.065 1Switch with green backlight 10 MSK-10-SE OEZ:35680 1 0.065 1Change-over switch 001 MSK-001-1X2 OEZ:35682 1 0.065 1Change-over switch with intermediate position 001 MSK-001-102 OEZ:35681 1 0.065 1

Change-over switch with intermediate

position without arrestment 001 MSK-001-1T2 OEZ:35683 1 0.065 1


Minia

F6

MSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2 Other devices


��They can be used in both building and industrial installati-

ons and in security technology.


��The circuit is switched on permanently by upper green

push-button, and switched off by lower red push-button.

��Already installed push-button can be replaced.




��The installed push-button of black colour and indicator

lights of white colour AC 230 V can be replaced.



��For switching two independent electric circuits

up to 25 A.

��The installed push-button black colour can be replaced.




��Already installed push-button can be replaced.

Push-button switches

Control push-buttons with signalling

Double control push-buttons

Control push-buttons

Colour Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package

of push-button of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]

black 01 MTX-01-TB OEZ:37265 1 0.072 1

10 MTX-10-TB OEZ:37268 1 0.072 1

22 MTX-22-TB OEZ:37271 1 0.097 1

red 01 MTX-01-TC OEZ:37266 1 0.072 1

10 MTX-10-TC OEZ:37269 1 0.072 1

22 MTX-22-TC OEZ:37272 1 0.097 1

green 01 MTX-01-TE OEZ:37267 1 0.072 1

10 MTX-10-TE OEZ:37270 1 0.072 1

22 MTX-22-TE OEZ:37273 1 0.097 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts



11 MTX-11-TB-SG-A230 OEZ:37274 1 0.107 1

20 MTX-20-TB-SG-A230 OEZ:37275 1 0.107 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts



2x 11 MT2-11-TB OEZ:37264 1 0.097 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts



11 MST-11 OEZ:35554 1 0,12 1

22 MST-22 OEZ:35555 1 0,12 1

40 MST-40 OEZ:35556 1 0,12 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts

��They are intended for replacement of the already

installed push-buttons.

��Indicator light power: 0.8 W

��Indicator light contains a LED.

��Indicator lights light permanently.

Push-buttons to MSP, MST, MTX, MT2

Indicator lights to MSP, MST, MTX, MT2, MKA

Accessories

Minia

F7



Colour Type Order Weight Package

code [kg] [pcs]

red TC OEZ:08930 0.002 12

green TE OEZ:08931 0.002 12

black TB OEZ:08932 0.002 12

white TG OEZ:08934 0.002 12

Colour Rated Type Order Weight Package

of cover voltage code [kg] [pcs]

red AC 230 V SC-A230 OEZ:11102 0.003 12

AC/DC 24 V SC-X024 OEZ:11106 0.003 12

green AC 230 V SE-A230 OEZ:11103 0.003 12

AC/DC 24 V SE-X024 OEZ:11107 0.003 12

yellow AC 230 V SD-A230 OEZ:11104 0.003 12

AC/DC 24 V SD-X024 OEZ:11108 0.003 12

white AC 230 V SG-A230 OEZ:11101 0.003 12

AC/DC 24 V SG-X024 OEZ:11105 0.003 12

Replacement of push-button and indicator light

��Installed push-button or indicator light can be replaced by other one (see accessories).

Push-button or indicator light demounting:

1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip)

in the demounting hole to ensure that the push-button

or indicator light jumps up a little.

2) Remove push-button or the indicator light from control

push-button.

Installation of a push-button or indicator light:

3) Insert and press the push-button or the indicator light

in the hole in the control push-button.

demounting tool

11

22demounting hole

33

Minia

F8

MSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2 Other devices


Specifi cations

Type MSP-.. MSP-..-SG-A230

Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1

Approval marks

Contacts

Arrangement of contacts 1) 11, 22, 40 11, 20

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V


Rated operating current Ie AC-12 25 A 25 A

AC-15 6 A 6 A

DC-12 1 A 1 A


Connection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2

Connection 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm

Light signalling

Power output - 0.8 W

Rated operating voltage Ue - AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V

Colour of cover - white, red, green, yellow 2)

Light - permanent

Source - LED

Dispersion - by raster in front of LED

Connection - 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2

Torque - 0.8 Nm

Torque




Working position arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Tumbler switch with signalling contains a white indicator light. Other colours can be bought optionally as accessory and replaced

Dimensions

17.5 24

44

60 10

5.5

45 65.5

8689

75

1

2

6

4

8

3

MSP-..

Diagram

MSP-11

3

4

1

2

MSP-22

5 73

6 84

1

2

MSP-40

2 4 6 8

1 3 5 7

MSP-11-SG-A230 MSP-20-SG-A230

1 5

(+)2 64

5

4 6

1

(+)2

MSP-11N MSP-20N

1 5

(+)2 6

connector for indicator lights input

4

5

4 6

1

(+)2

Connection examples

5

5

4

4

6

6

1

1

L1

L1

N

N

L2

L2

2

2

MSP-20-SG

-A230

MSP-20-SG

-A230

load

load

load

load

��The indicator light can be connected in two ways:

– to indicate load connection

– to indicate voltage presence and to enable easy fi nding of the switch during the night-time

Indicator light indicates load connection Indicator light indicates presence of voltage

Specifi cations MSK

Dimensions

Diagram

Minia

F9



TypeMSK-10MSK-10-..

MSK-001-1X2MSK-001-102MSK-001-1T2


EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1

EN 60073 EN 60073 EN 60073

EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1

Approval marks

Contacts


Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V, DC 12 V 2) AC 250 V, DC 12 V AC 250 V, DC 12 V

Min. switched power 300 mW 300 mW 300 mW

Min. voltage Umin 12 V 12 V 12 V


JRated operating current IeAC-1 16 A 10 A 6 A

AC-15 10 A 6 A 4 A

AC-5a - cosφ=0.5 6 A 4 A 3 A

AC-5a - cosφ=0.9 2 A 1.1 A 0.7 A

AC-5b 4.4 A 2.6 A 1.7 A

DC-1 10 A 10 A 10 A



Connection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2


Other data




Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2) Rated operating voltage of MSK-10-SC/SE design (with backlighting) AC 230 V

244.5

44

62 6.5

45 65.5

8688

17.5

MSK-..

4

1

1

1

2

MSK-10 MSK-10-.. MSK-001-1X2 MSK-001-102 MSK-001-1T2

21 1

4

2 1

I2

II4 1 1

2 2

II Ia

0 04 4

I I

Type MST-..


Approval marks

Contacts

Arrangement of contacts 1) 11, 22, 40

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V

Rated thermal current Ith 25 A

Rated operating current Ie AC-12 25 A

AC-15 6 A

DC-12 1 A


Connection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2

Torque 0.8 Nm

Push-buttons

Colour red, green 2)

Other data




Working position arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Push-button switch contains red and green push-buttons. The other colours can be bought as accessories and replaced

Minia

F10

MST Other devices


Specifi cations MST

Dimensions

17.5 24

44

62 7

5.5

89 45 65.5

86

75

1

2

6

4

8

3

MST-...

Diagram

MST-22

7531

8642

MST-40

7531

8642

MST-11

31

42blocking

mechanism

Type MTX-.. MTX-..-TB-SG-230 MT2-11-TB


Approval marks

Contacts

Arrangement of contacts 1) 01, 10, 22 11, 20 2x 11

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V


Rated operating current Ie AC-12 25 A 25 A 25 A

AC-15 6 A 6 A 6 A

DC-12 1 A 1 A 1 A


Connection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2


Push-buttons

Colour black, red, green 2) black 3) black 4)

Light signalling

Power output - 0.8 W -

Rated operating voltage Ue - AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V -

Colour of cover - white 3) -

Light - permanent -

Source - LED -

Dispersion - by raster in front of LED -

Connection - 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2 -

Torque - 0.8 Nm -

Other data




Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Control push-button contains black, red and green push-buttons. The other colours can be bought as accessories and replaced3) Control push-button with signalling contains black buttons and white indicator light. The other colours of buttons and indicator lights can be bought as accessories and replaced.4) Double control push-button contains black push-buttons. The other colours can be bought as accessories and replaced

Specifi cations MTX, MT2

Dimensions

Diagram

Minia

F11



17.5 17.524 24

44 44

62 627 7

5.5 5.5

89 8945 4565.5

65.5

86 86

7 75 5

1 1

2 2

6 6

4 4

8 8

3

S

3

MTX-.. MT2-..

MTX-10-..

1

2

1

2 S S

(+)

4 6

5

MTX-11-TB-SG-A230

1

2

(+)

4 6

5

MTX-20-TB-SG-A230 MT2-11-TB

1

2 6 4 8

5 3 71

2

MTX-01-..

2

1

4 6 8

3 5 7

MTX-22-..

Minia

F12

MKA Other devices

SIGNAL LIGHTS

��For signalling operating states, emergency lighting etc.

��They can be used in both building and industrial

installations and in security technology.

��Empty modules of signal lights enable arbitrary design.

Signal lights

Accessories

Specifi cations

Number of

indicator lights

Colour of Rated Type Order Number Weight Package

indicator light voltage code of modules [kg] [pcs]

1

redAC 230 V MKA-SC-A230 OEZ:37276 1 0.08 1

AC/DC 24 V MKA-SC-X024 OEZ:37277 1 0.08 1

greenAC 230 V MKA-SE-A230 OEZ:37278 1 0.08 1

AC/DC 24 V MKA-SE-X024 OEZ:37279 1 0.08 1

white AC 230 V MKA-SG-A230 OEZ:37280 1 0.08 1

2 red + green AC 230 V MKA-SC-SE-A230 OEZ:37281 1 0.09 1

Empty modules of signal lights

Number of holes Type Order Number Weight Package

for indicator lights code of modules [kg] [pcs]

1 MKA-1 OEZ:35558 1 0.07 1

2 MKA-2 OEZ:35559 1 0.07 1

Type MKA-..


Approval marks

Light signalling

Power output 0.8 W

Rated operating voltage Ue AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V

Colour of indicator light red, green, white 1)

Light permanent

Source LED

Dispersion by raster in front of LED

Connection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2

Torque 0.8 Nm

Other data




Working position arbitrary1) Signal lights contains red, green and white indicator lights. Other colours can be bought optionally as accessory and replaced

Indicator light SC-..., SE-..., SD-..., SG-... page F7

Dimensions

Diagram

Minia

F13

SIGNAL LIGHTS

Other devicesMKA

2 4 2S2 S2

S2 S2

S1

S1

4

MKA-SC-..MKA-SE-..MKA-SG-..

MKA-SC-SE-A230

3

(+)

(+) (+)

1 connectors for

indicator lights input

MKA-1 MKA-2

3

(+)

(+)(+)

1

2 4 2 4

17.5 24

44

62

5.5

89 45 65.5

86

1

2 4

3

S1

S2

MKA-..

Replacement of indicator lights

��Installed indicator lights can be replaced by other ones (see accessories).

demounting tool

11

22

demounting hole 33

Indicator light demounting:

1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip) in the demounting hole and push to ensure that

the indicator light jumps up a little.

2) Remove the indicator light from the signal light.

Installation of indicator light:

3) Insert and press the indicator light in the hole in the signal light.

Type UMZ-..

Approval marks

Power supply

Rated operating voltage Ue AC 8 ÷ 12 V, AC 230 V

Input power 4.6 VA

Rated frequency fn 40 ÷ 60 Hz

Connection

Cross-section 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2

Torque 0.5 Nm

Conductor L and N libovolně na svorky

Other data

Loudness from a distance 0.5 m 90 dB (UMZ-..)





Minia

F14

UMZ Other devices

ELECTRIC BELLS

Specifi cations

Dimensions Diagram

88 8665,5

45

62

44

2417,5 4,5

UMZ-.. UMZ

��For acoustic signalling of device status and the like

��Mechanical design.

��Without sparking.

��Minimum service life 300 hr.

��They are not intended for continuous operation

(continuous duty max. 1 hour).

��There are intended for installation in switchboards.

Electric bells

Rated operating Type Order Number Weight Package

voltage Ue code of modules [kg] [pcs]

AC 8 ÷ 12 V UMZ-A012 OEZ:35691 1 0.075 1

AC 230 V UMZ-A230 OEZ:35692 1 0.075 1

Minia

F15

POWER SUPPLIES

Other devicesUTZ, UNZ, UNZR

Rated primary Rated secondary Type Order Number Weight Package

voltage UPRI voltage USEC code of modules [kg] [pcs]

AC 230 V AC 6, 8, 12 V UTZ-4-A OEZ:35688 3 0.475 1



AC 230 VAC/DC 12 V UNZ-10T-X012 OEZ:35685 3 0.36 1AC/DC 24 V UNZ-10T-X024 OEZ:35686 3 0.36 1



AC 230 V AC 24 V, DC 1,2 ÷ 24 V UNZR-10T-X024 OEZ:35687 3 0.36 1

��For safe isolation and power supply of circuits of the power

input up to 4 VA with safe low voltage AC 6, 8, 12 V.

��For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones,

auxiliary circuits of contactors, lighting, relays etc.

��The transformer is unconditionally short-circuit-proof

– withstands continuous short-circuit even without a

backup protection device, and continues to perform all its

functions as soon as the overload or short-circuit ceases.

��For safe isolation and power supply of circuits of the power

input up to 10 VA with safe low voltage AC/DC 12, 24 V.

��For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones, door

openers, transducers, auxiliary circuits of contactors,

lighting, relays etc.

��On the secondary side it is equipped with a PTC thermistor,

which limits the overcurrent in the secondary winding

at overload.

��Current limitation is signalled by two-colour LED, which

goes red.

��Presence of UPRI

is signalled by two-colour LED going

green.

��Protection of outputs by blocking capacitors against

interference.

��Equipped with voltage stabilizers.

��For safe isolation and power supply of circuits of the

power input up to 10 VA with safe low voltage AC 24 V

and regulated voltage DC 1.2 ÷ 24 V.

��For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones, door

openers, transducers, auxiliary circuits of contactors,

lighting, relays etc.

��On the secondary side it is equipped with a PTC thermistor,

which limits the overcurrent in the secondary winding

at overload.

��Current limitation is signalled by two-colour LED, which

goes red.

��Presence of UPRI

is signalled by two-colour LED going

green.

��Protection of outputs by blocking capacitors against

interference.

��Equipped with voltage stabilizers.

Safety bell transformer

Safety power supply

Controlled safety power supply

Type UTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X024


EN 61558-2-8 EN 61558-2-8 EN 61558-2-8

Approval marks

Power output 4 VA 10 VA 1) 10 VA 1)

Rated primary voltage UPRI AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V

Rated secondary voltage AC 2)/current USEC/ISEC AC 6 V/0.33 A AC 12 V/0.8 A AC 24 V/0.36 A

AC 8 V/0.33 A AC 24 V/0.36 A

AC 12 V/0.33 A

Rated secondary voltage DC 2)/current USEC/ISEC - DC 12 V/0.4 A DC 1.2 ÷ 24 V/0.08 ÷ 0.3 A

DC 24 V/0.2 A


Protection class II II II

Light indication presence UPRI - green LED green LED

Light indication current limitation - red LED red LED

Connection

Cross-section 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2


Other data




Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) At simultaneous loading of both AC and DC outputs the sum of both power inputs must not exceed 8 VA2) The transformers have a higher voltage at off -load connection. The shown voltages are those at rated load

Minia

F16

UTZ, UNZ, UNZR Other devices

POWER SUPPLIES

Specifi cations

Dimensions

Diagram

UTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X024

3

1 2

230 V

8 V4

6 V

12 V

6

DC

3

-

1 2

USEC

USEC

UPRI

AC+

4 5 6 6

2

54

+

-

REGU

DC

3 1

SECU

AC

PRIU

5

24

44

62 3

45 65.5

86

5.3

88

52.5 52.5 52.5

UTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X024

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600

At ambient temperature +23 °CLoad characteristic UNZ-10T-.., UNZR-10T-X024 - AC outlet

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400

USE

C [V]

Load characteristic UTZ-4-A

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800

Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]


USE

C [V]

USE

C [V]

USE

C [V]



At ambient temperature +23 °CLoad characteristic UNZ-10T-.. - DC outlet

Load characteristic UNZR-10T-X024-DC outlet

00 5050 100100 150150 200200 250250 300300 350350 400400

0

55

1010

1515

2020

2525

24 V

20 V

15 V

5 V

1,2 V

10 V

UNZ-10T-X012 - DC 12 V

UNZ-10T-X024 - DC 24 V

UNZ-10T-X012 - AC 12 V

UNZ-10T-X024 - AC 24 V

UNZR-10T-X024 - AC 24 V

USEC = 6 V

USEC = 8 V

USEC = 12 V

Minia

F17

POWER SUPPLIES

Other devicesUTZ, UNZ, UNZR

Characteristics

�� Imax

��Notice: at simultaneous loading of both AC and DC outputs the sum of both power inputs must not exceed 8 VA!

��At overload the red indicator light LIM on the front panel of the device goes on. Output current will drop to approx. 100 mA

��It is necessary to disconnect the load at the output to renew the function

Minia

F18

ZSE, ZSF Other devices

SOCKET OUTLETS

Dimensions Diagram

44

9045

4.5

60

41

ZSE-..

44

62.5

90

4.5 41

45

ZSF-..

ZSE-.., ZSF-..

Type ZSE-.., ZSF-..

Standards IEC 60884-1, DIN 49440

Standards

Rated operating voltage/current Ue/In AC 230 V/16 A




Connection 1 ÷ 16 mm2, 2x (1 ÷ 4) mm2

Specifi cations

��Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide

35 mm according to EN 60715.

��ZSE-.. according to IEC 60884-1 – a connector of type E;

ensures contact by means of the connector with two

round plug contacts and central earthing pin. This

type is sometimes referred to as French one.

��ZSF-.. according to DIN 49440 - a connector of type F

(Schuko), sometimes referred to as German one. It

diff ers in the design of the earthing contact, which

consists of two contact metal strips placed on the

connector perimeter.

Socket outlets

Type Connection Order Number Weight Weight


ZSE-03 bottom OEZ:37290 2.5 0.15 1

ZSE-06 bottom and top OEZ:37291 2.5 0.15 1

ZSF-03 bottom OEZ:37292 2.5 0.15 1

ZSF-06 bottom and top OEZ:37293 2.5 0.15 1

Type CS-PE, CS-N, CS-L


Approval marks

Rated current 63 A


Connection 1 ÷ 16 mm2

Torque 1.5 ÷ 2 Nm


Minia

F19

TERMINAL BOARD

Other devicesCS

Terminal board

��For branching or connection of PEN, PE, N and L conductors.

��They are used in switchboards, which are not delivered

with terminal blocks.

��Fastening on the „U“ rail wide 35 mm according

to EN 60715.

��Colour: green, blue, grey.

Dimensions

CS-L7

13

53

266

CS-L15

13

107

266

CS-L12

13

88

266

23

6

104

51.5

5.5

4.525

23.5

CS-N15, CS-PE15

51.5

5.5

4.525

23.523

CS-N7, CS-PE7

23

6

8551.5

5.5 23.5

4.525

CS-N12, CS-PE12

Specifi cations

Colour Number Type Order Weight Package of terminals code [kg] [pcs]

7x 16 mm2 CS-N7 OEZ:35901 0.026 10

blue 12x 16 mm2 CS-N12 OEZ:35902 0.030 10

15x 16 mm2 CS-N15 OEZ:35903 0.048 10

7x 16 mm2 CS-PE7 OEZ:35904 0.026 10

green 12x 16 mm2 CS-PE12 OEZ:35905 0.030 10

15x 16 mm2 CS-PE15 OEZ:35906 0.048 10

7x 16 mm2 CS-L7 1) OEZ:35898 0.026 10

grey 12x 16 mm2 CS-L12 1) OEZ:35899 0.030 10

15x 16 mm2 CS-L15 1) OEZ:35900 0.048 101) covered design

Minia

F20

Other devices

NOTES

Minia

G1

Modular devices

GLOSSARY

Note: Precise defi nitions and texts relating to the specifi ed terms, are contained in relevant standards see Name.

Name Symbol Interpretation

Rated operating voltage

EN 60898-1; 5.2.1.1

EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.1

Ue

The value of voltage stated by the manufacturer. Relevant tests or utilization categories relate to it.

Together with rated (operating) current, it determines the use of the device. Maximum value of rated

operating voltage must never be higher than the value of rated insulation voltage.

Max. operating voltage Umax

Maximum value of operating voltage, at which device function is not endangered.

Min. operating voltage Umin

Minimum value of voltage conditioning correct function (of circuit breakers, switches etc.) or test

of correct function (residual current circuit breakers).

Rated current

EN 60898-1; 5.2.2

IEC 755; 4.2.5

EN 61008-1; 5.2.2

EN 61009-1; 5.2.2

In

The value of current assigned to a circuit breaker or residual current circuit breaker by the manufacturer,

which the device can conduct continuously. For circuit breakers and residual current circuit breakers

with overcurrent release also at a reference temperature.

Rated operating current

EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3

Ie

Rated operating current of the device is stated by the manufacturer with regard to rated operating

voltage, rated frequency, rated duty, utilization category and enclosure type, if applicable.

Utilization category

EN 60947-1; 4.4; Supplement A

AC-xx

DC-xx

Utilization category of a device defi nes its assumed use. It is characterized by one or several operating

conditions: current expressed as multiple of Ie, voltage expressed as multiple of U

e, power factor or time

constant, short-circuit behaviour, selectivity, other operating conditions depending on circumstances.

Rated thermal current without cover

EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.1

Ith

Maximum value of current, which can be transferred by open device in eight-hour operation without

exceeding its permissible temperature rise.

Rated thermal current with cover

EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.2

Ithe

Maximum value of current, which can be transferred by a device in specifi ed enclosure in eight-hour

operation without exceeding its permissible temperature rise.

Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking

capacity

EN 60898-1; 3.5.5.1

Icu

The value of short-circuit current expressed as root-mean-square value of alternating component

of prospective short-circuit current in place of utilization of the circuit breaker, which it must be able to

switch off repeatedly. After the test the circuit breaker need not be able to conduct 0.85 multiple of its

non-switching current for an agreed time.

Rated short-circuit service breaking capacity

EN 60898-1; 3.5.5.2

Ics

The value of short-circuit current expressed as root-mean-square value of alternating component

of prospective short-circuit current in place of utilization of the circuit breaker, which it must be able to

switch off repeatedly under test conditions (EN 60 898-1; 9.12.11.4.2 and 9.12.12.1). After the test the

circuit breaker shall be able to conduct 0.85 multiple of its non-switching current for an agreed time.

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity

EN 60898-1; 5.2.4

Icn

The value of rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity stated for this circuit breaker by the

manufacturer in accordance with test conditions (EN 60 898-1; 9.12.11.4.2 and 9.12.12.1)

The following must apply: Icn

≥ Ik“

Energy limitation class

EN 60898-1; Supplement ZA

It determines maximum value of I2t [A2s] released by the circuit breaker depending on its In, I

cn and type

of tripping characteristic. It makes it possible to state selectivity with a backup fuse (I2t released by the

circuit breakers must be less than blowing current I2t of the fuse) and short-circuit protection of the

cable (I2t released by the circuit breaker must be less or equal to S2k2 of the cable). On the basis of classes

of energy limitation it is not possible to state unambiguously selectivity of two circuit breakers in series.

Rated frequency

EN 60898-1; 5.2.3

EN 60947-1; 4.3.3

IEC 755; 4.2.5

fn

Network frequency the device is designed for and the other characteristic values correspond to.

Minia

G2

Modular devices

GLOSSARY

Name Symbol Interpretation

Rated conditional short-circuit current

EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.4

IEC 755; 4.3.2

Inc

The value of prospective short-circuit current stated by the manufacturer, which can be reliably

transferred by a short-circuit protection device stated by the manufacturer for the time of operation

of this device.

The following must apply: Inc

≥ Ik“

Initial peak short-circuit current

EN 60909-0; 1.3.5

Ik

“ The value of short-circuit current at the moment of its origin in given point of wiring expressed as root-

mean-square value of alternating symmetric component of prospective short-circuit current.

Prospective current

EN 60898-1; 3.5.2

Ip

Current, which would have passed through the circuit, if every pole of the circuit breaker be replaced

by a conductor of a negligible impedance.

Rated residual operating current

IEC 755; 4.2.2

EN 61008-1; 5.2.3

EN 61009-1; 5.2.3

IΔn

Root-mean-square value of residual operating current stated for the residual current circuit breaker

by the manufacturer, at which the residual current circuit breaker must operate under stated conditions.

Rated impulse withstand voltage

EN 60664-1; 1.3.8.1; 1.3.9.2

EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.3

EN 60898-1; 5.2.1.3

EN 61008-1; 5.2.1.Z1

Uimp

Peak value of voltage impulse of a prescribed shape and polarity, which the device is able to withstand

without failure under stated conditions and to which the values of aerial distances relate. Uimp

of the

device must be equal to or higher than the value stated for transient overvoltage in the point of the

circuit (overvoltage category) the device is used in.

Overvoltage category

EN 60664-1; 2.2.2.1

EN 60947-1; 2.5.60

EN 60898-1; 3.6.5

EN 61008-1; 3.Z1.5

EN 61009-1; 3.Z1.5

Numerically defi ned level of transient overvoltage i.e. overvoltage originating from atmospheric or

switching overvoltage. Standard EN 60664-1 states for electric equipment overvoltage categories:

Overvoltage category IV: beginning of installation, outside lead

Overvoltage category III: fi xed wiring

Overvoltage category II: appliances

Overvoltage category I: light-current appliance

Maximum constant operating voltage

EN 61643-11; 3.11

Uc

Maximum root-mean-square value of alternating or direct current voltage, which can be permanently

applied to the arrester terminals. It must be equal to or higher than rated network voltage.

Voltage protection level

EN 61643-11; 3.15

Up

Maximum instantaneous value of voltage on the arrester, determined by appropriate tests. It

characterizes arrester action in voltage limitation on its terminals.

Rated discharge current

EN 61643-11; 3.8

In

Peak value of current with impulse shape 8/20 μs, for which the arrester is rated. It can pass through it

repeatedly. (It relates to T2.)

Maximum discharge current

EN 61643-11; 3.10

Imax

Peak value of current with impulse shape 8/20 μs, at which the surge voltage arrester still is not

damaged. This current can pass through the arrester twice, while the disconnecting device can only

react at the second impulse. (It relates to T2.)

Lightning current

EN 61643-11; 3.9

Iimp

It is defi ned by three parameters – peak current Ipeak, charge Q and specifi c energy W/R. Lightning

current arresters must be able to release impulse current at least twice without their damage. (It relates

to T1.)

Quenching follow-current

EN 61643-11; 3.41

Ifi

Short-circuit current, the arrester itself is able to interrupt. (It relates to T1.)

Rated loading current

EN 61643-11; 3.14

IL

Maximum permanent rated root-mean-square or direct current, which can fl ow in a load connected

to protected output terminals of the surge voltage arrester. (It relates tok T3.)

Minia

NOTES

Modular devices

Minia Modular devices

NOTES

Minia

NOTES

Modular devices

Minia Modular devices

NOTES

OEZ s.r.o.Šedivská 339561 51 LetohradCzech Republictel.: +420 465 672 111 +420 465 672 101fax: +420 465 672 398 +420 465 672 151e-mail: [email protected]

Any changes reserved

N1-2015-A

www.oez.com

Documents

N1-2015-a A01 Celkovy obsah · MCR ... SVC ... Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg]